-#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 501
+#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 599
\begin_document
\begin_header
+\save_transient_properties true
\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% the documentation team
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
-\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
-\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
-
- % set fonts for nicer pdf view
- \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
-
-\fi % end if pdflatex is used
-
% for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
\begin_modules
customHeadersFooters
enumitem
+logicalmkup
\end_modules
-\maintain_unincluded_children false
+\maintain_unincluded_children no
\language english
\language_package default
-\inputencoding auto
-\fontencoding global
-\font_roman "default" "default"
+\inputencoding utf8
+\fontencoding auto
+\font_roman "lmodern" "default"
\font_sans "default" "default"
\font_typewriter "default" "default"
\font_math "auto" "auto"
\font_default_family default
\use_non_tex_fonts false
\font_sc false
-\font_osf false
+\font_roman_osf false
+\font_sans_osf false
+\font_typewriter_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 100
\font_tt_scale 100 100
+\use_microtype false
+\use_dash_ligatures false
\graphics default
\default_output_format default
\output_sync 0
\bibtex_command bibtex
-\index_command default
+\index_command makeindex
+\float_placement class
+\float_alignment class
\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single
\use_hyperref true
\use_geometry false
\use_package amsmath 1
\use_package amssymb 1
-\use_package cancel 0
+\use_package cancel 1
\use_package esint 1
\use_package mathdots 1
-\use_package mathtools 0
+\use_package mathtools 1
\use_package mhchem 1
-\use_package stackrel 0
-\use_package stmaryrd 0
-\use_package undertilde 0
+\use_package stackrel 1
+\use_package stmaryrd 1
+\use_package undertilde 1
\cite_engine basic
\cite_engine_type default
\biblio_style plain
\paperorientation portrait
\suppress_date false
\justification true
-\use_refstyle 0
+\use_refstyle 1
+\use_minted 0
+\use_lineno 0
\notefontcolor #0000ff
\branch Question
\selected 1
\end_index
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 2
-\paragraph_separation indent
-\paragraph_indentation default
-\quotes_language english
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip halfline
+\is_math_indent 0
+\math_numbering_side default
+\quotes_style english
+\dynamic_quotes 0
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
+\tablestyle default
\tracking_changes true
\output_changes false
+\change_bars false
+\postpone_fragile_content false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
-\author -195340706 "Georg Baum"
+\docbook_table_output 0
+\author -1402925745 "Günter Milde"
+\author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
+\author -584632292 "Richard Kimberly Heck"
+\author -563046850 "Jean-Marc LASGOUTTES"
+\author -131811572 "Yuriy Skalko"
+\author 5863208 "ab"
+\author 5863344 "Enrico Forestieri"
+\author 1675569489 "Stephan Witt"
\end_header
\begin_body
LatexCommand href
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
type "mailto:"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Version 2.1.x
+Version 2.
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600339801
+3
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600339801
+4
+\change_unchanged
+.x
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\series bold
-http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialChar LyX
-/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
+https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/Manuals#UserGuide
\end_layout
\end_inset
is a document preparation system.
It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar softhyphen
scripts, publishable books, business
- letters and proposals, and even poetry.
+ letters and proposals,
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598113909
+ and
+\change_unchanged
+ even poetry.
It is unlike most other
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
-manual.
+ manual.
If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
Yes, we mean now.
\end_layout
manual describes several things in addition to \SpecialChar LyX
's philosophy: most importantly,
the format of all of the manuals.
- If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
- You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
- of this one.
- The
-\emph on
-Introduction
-\emph default
- manual describes that, too.
+ If you don't read it, you will have a difficult time navigating the manuals.
+ Additionally it provides a high level content description of the other
+ manuals giving the user an idea of where to look for specific information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
has the familiar menu bar across the top of its
window.
Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
- There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
- documents.
+ There is of course a work area for editing documents complete with a vertical
+ scrollbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
- This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
+ This is not a bug or an oversight, it is intentional.
When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
next line.
Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
only a vertical scrollbar.
- There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
The first case is large images.
- To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the
- image and use the option
+ To avoid images being displayed larger than your screen, left click on
+ the image and use the option
\family sans
Scale on Screen
\family default
The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
the \SpecialChar LyX
window.
- You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
- this doesn't work for equations yet.
+ You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through both.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
is able to inspect your system to see what programs, \SpecialChar LaTeX
- document classes
+ document classes,
and \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages are available.
It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
settings.
- Although this configuration has already been done when \SpecialChar LyX
- was installed on
- your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
+ Although this configuration was performed when \SpecialChar LyX
+ was installed on your system,
+ you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
new \SpecialChar LaTeX
- classes, and which are not seen by \SpecialChar LyX
+ classes, which are not seen by \SpecialChar LyX
.
To force \SpecialChar LyX
- to re-inspect your system, you should use
+ to re-inspect your system use
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reconfigure
\end_inset
- You should then restart \SpecialChar LyX
+ Then restart \SpecialChar LyX
to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can edit documents in \SpecialChar LyX
without having \SpecialChar LaTeX
- installed, but you will not be
- able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it installed.
- However, some \SpecialChar LyX
- documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce
- PDFs and the like, and every \SpecialChar LyX
- document can always be output as plain text
+ installed but you will not be
+ able to create PDFs
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598122369
+ or print your documents
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598122520
+Some \SpecialChar LyX
+ documents use DocBook instead of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+backend
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ which can produce PDFs and the like.
+
+\change_unchanged
+Even without \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598122546
+or Docbook
+\change_unchanged
+every \SpecialChar LyX
+ document can still be output as plain text
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598122500
+, as Docbook
+\change_unchanged
or as XHTML.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some document classes may depend upon specific \SpecialChar LaTeX
- or DocBook classes or packages.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598122571
+or DocBook
+\change_unchanged
+classes or packages.
Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages that \SpecialChar LyX
- has found on your system are listed in a file you can
- view from the menu
+ finds on your system are listed in a file you can view
+ from the menu
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
Configuration
\family default
.
- If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
+ If you are missing needed packages then you must install them and then
reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
(menu
\family sans
Reconfigure
\family default
).
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The two braces in the \SpecialChar TeX
- Code box prevent that the term
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
- More about \SpecialChar TeX
- Code is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, the printout of proper names like \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
- See section 5.1 of the
+ See section
+\emph on
+Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files
+\emph default
+ in the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
\family sans
File
\family default
- menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
- in addition to some more advanced operations:
+ menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations common to any word
+ processor as well as some more advanced operations:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
Recent
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352530
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352546
+
+\family sans
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Example
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353355
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353357
+
+\family sans
+Close All
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352570
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352997
+
+\family sans
+Save
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+As
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Template
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
- a few minor differences.
+They all do pretty much the same thing as other word processors, with a
+ few minor differences.
The
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Template
\family default
command lists the available templates.
- Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
- the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
+ Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353491
+and possibly propose text fragments
+\change_unchanged
+for the document, features
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353500
+and text
+\change_unchanged
+you would otherwise need to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553353510
+change
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353510
+set
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353505
+or enter
+\change_unchanged
+manually.
They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353657
+ You can also add your own templates to this list by means of storing a
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ file with the
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Save As Template
+\family default
+ function.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
Unless you tell \SpecialChar LyX
- to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank space
- is just that — a big, blank space.
+ to open a file or create a new one, that big
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174669
+,
+\change_unchanged
+ blank space
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174681
+on the screen
+\change_unchanged
+is just that — a big
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174691
+,
+\change_unchanged
+ blank space.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Control
\family default
- are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time.
+ are useful if
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174707
+more
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174708
+multiple
+\change_unchanged
+ people work on the same document at the same time.
\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
in \SpecialChar LyX
- also.
- Read Additional Features\SpecialChar endofsentence
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174722
+ also
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174782
+Read Additional Features\SpecialChar endofsentence
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763
+Refer to section
+\begin_inset Flex Emph
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763
+Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\begin_inset Flex Emph
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763
+Additional Features
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ help manual\SpecialChar endofsentence
+
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\family default
will reload the document from disk.
You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
- and want to restore it to the last save.
+ and want to restore it to the last save
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174796
+d version
+\change_unchanged
+.
With
\family sans
Version
\family sans
Edit
\family default
- menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
+ menu and the standard toolbar have the cut and paste commands, along with
various other editing features.
Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
The basic ones are:
\begin_layout Standard
The first three are self-explanatory.
You can also copy text between \SpecialChar LyX
- and other programs by
+ and other programs using
\family sans
Cut
\family default
\family sans
Copy
\family default
- put text in two versions into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted),
+ put two versions of text into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted)
so that other programs can choose the most suitable form.
\family sans
Paste
\family default
- supports formatted and unformatted text as well, and additionally graphics.
+ supports formatted and unformatted text as well as graphics.
It tries to interpret the clipboard contents in an intelligent way.
- For example if the clipboard contains text in the format of comma separated
- values (CSV) and the cursor is inside a table, the text will be pasted
+ For example if the clipboard contains text in a Comma Separated Values
+ (CSV) format and the cursor is inside a table, the text will be pasted
into individual cells.
The submenu of
\family sans
Recent
\family default
- shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
+ shows you a list of the last several strings you have pasted.
You can insert one at the current cursor position by clicking on a list
entry.
\end_layout
Special
\family default
- contains optional items for specific formats, depending on the clipboard
+ may also contain optional items for specific formats depending on the clipboard
contents.
- These include HTML, \SpecialChar LaTeX
-, Linkback
+ Possible formats include HTML, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, PDF, Linkback
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, PDF, PNG, JPEG and EMF.
+, PNG, JPEG and EMF.
These menu items are useful if the clipboard contains the same contents
- in different formats, and you want to select one format explicitly.
+ in different formats and you want to select one format explicitly.
(E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
some programs put an image into the clipboard as graphics and as a short
- text which is often meaningless.) The menu item
+ text which is often meaningless.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu item
\family sans
Paste
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
Paste
\family default
-, with the only difference that it acts on text only.
- It will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
- as one paragraph.
- A new paragraph is only started when there is a blank line in the text.
+ with the only difference being that it acts on text only.
+ It will paste the text in the clipboard such that the whole text selection
+ is inserted as one paragraph.
+ A new paragraph is only started where there is a blank line in the text.
Without
\family sans
Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Lines
+Lines,
\family default
- the text is inserted as paragraphs where the line breaks of the text will
- start a new paragraph.
- This is for example useful to copy contents of tables from webpages to
- a table in \SpecialChar LyX
+ line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph.
+ This is useful when copying contents of tables from webpages to a table
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
.
The items
\family sans
Next
\family default
- button to skip the current word.
+ button to skip the curren
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126824
+tly selec
+\change_unchanged
+t
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126824
+ed
+\change_unchanged
+ word.
Hit
\family sans
Replace
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., searching for
+g.
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126824
+,
+\change_unchanged
+ searching for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LyX
- offers also an advanced
+ also offers an advanced
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
Replace
\family default
- feature that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ feature that is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
arg "inset-select-all"
\end_inset
- consecutively will increase the selection to the whole inset and then to
- the whole document.
+ consecutively will increase the selection scope to the whole inset and
+ then to the whole document.
The shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "undo"
\end_inset
- to undo some mistake.
+ to undo a mistake.
If you accidentally undo too much, use
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it
- was last saved, the
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600338243
+Note that if you undo all changes to arrive at the document as it was last
+ saved, the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family default
work on almost everything in \SpecialChar LyX
.
- But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
- of text.
+ However they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by
+ blocks of text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\emph default
and drag the mouse.
\SpecialChar LyX
- marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
+ highlights the text between the old and new mouse positions.
Use
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
to create a copy of the text in \SpecialChar LyX
's buffer (and the clipboard).
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598175891
+ You can also use the context menu triggered by right clicking on the selected
+ text.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Right-click on them to set their properties.
- Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
+ Check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\family default
) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
- to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
- your last editing position.
+ to another document part to look for something and want to go back to your
+ last editing position.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating ! Outline
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
- several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
- of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
-ces (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window you can choose between
+ several different lists including other TOC-like objects such as lists
+ of tables and figures, footnotes, labels and cross-references (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), or notes, or citations (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+), notes, or citations (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
+In many cases right clicking on elements in the Outline opens a context
menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
- For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
+ For example with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
dialog and to modify the citation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
- in the Outline.
- For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
- wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
+The
+\family sans
+Filter
+\family default
+ field at the top allows you to filter which entries appear in the outline.
+ For example, if you are displaying the list of
+\emph on
+Labels and References
+\emph default
+ and wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-sub:
+sub
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
+ in the filter and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
- you further to control the display.
+At the bottom of the outline are several buttons that allow you to further
+ control the display.
The
\family sans
Sort
\family default
option sorts the current list alphabetically.
- Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
- document.
+ Otherwise the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the document.
The
\family sans
Keep
\family default
option keeps it in the current view state.
- Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections
+ Keeping means that when you have the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
arg "reload"
\end_inset
- button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
+ button refreshes the TOC (
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+tho
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598176913
+usef
+\change_unchanged
+u
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+g
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+l w
+\change_unchanged
+h
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ile
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+edi
+\change_unchanged
+t
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+h
+\change_unchanged
+i
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+s
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ng
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+sh
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+if y
+\change_unchanged
+ou
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+ld
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ have
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+cha
+\change_unchanged
+n
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+ot
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ged
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+u
+\change_unchanged
+s
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+ually b
+\change_unchanged
+e
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ctions
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+i
+\change_unchanged
+n
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ th
+\change_unchanged
+e
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ do
+\change_unchanged
+c
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+um
+\change_unchanged
+e
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+ssary
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+nt
+\change_unchanged
+).
Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
in your document.
The
\end_inset
buttons move sections up and down in the document.
- So, for example, you can move section
+ For example, you can move section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Shift-Tab
\family default
) you can change the level of sections.
- So you can for example make section
+ You can make section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.4.1.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By right-clicking on a section in the outliner you can select the whole
+ section to copy, cut or delete it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Scrolling
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating ! Horizontal Scrolling
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ does not have a horizontal scrollbar because standard output page formats
+ such as ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+A4 are not as wide as PC or laptop screens.
+ Therefore you will have trouble with the output of your document if document
+ parts exceed the width of the \SpecialChar LyX
+ main screen.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are of course exceptions where horizontal scrolling is necessary.
+ For example
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ is used on a small tablet computer
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wide tables that are rotated 90° to fit a whole page
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+See section
+\emph on
+Rotated Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Math constructs with long command names
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For these cases \SpecialChar LyX
+ has an mechanism that scrolls automatically when the cursor
+ is moved.
+ As an example shrink the \SpecialChar LyX
+ window so that table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is wider.
+ You will now see a dotted red line on the right and/or left side of the
+ table.
+ Put the cursor into the table and move it with the Tab or the arrow keys
+ to see the horizontal scrolling of the table.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement h
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Horizontal scrolling test.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+a
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+c
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Input/Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\family default
key to accept a proposed completion.
If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
- You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
+ You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126826
+,
+\change_unchanged
and accept the chosen completion by pressing
\family sans
Return
\begin_layout Standard
The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
ing options for text.
- The special math option
+
+\change_inserted -563046850 1560340017
+Additionally,
+\change_deleted -563046850 1560340019
+T
+\change_inserted -563046850 1560340019
+t
+\change_unchanged
+he special math option
\family sans
Autocorrection
\family default
enables characters to be composed.
- If, for example, you want to insert the character
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180192
+If, f
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180192
+F
+\change_unchanged
+or example,
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180208
+ if
+\change_unchanged
+ you want to insert the character
\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
\end_inset
-, you can then input the characters
+, you can
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180217
+then
+\change_unchanged
+input the characters
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to a formula to get it.
- So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use
- of the math toolbar.
- A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180228
+to
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180229
+in
+\change_unchanged
+ a formula to
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180234
+get
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180235
+create
+\change_unchanged
+ it.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180245
+So t
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180246
+T
+\change_unchanged
+his is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use of the
+ math toolbar.
+ A list
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180267
+with
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180267
+of
+\change_unchanged
+ supported character combinations can be found in the file
\family typewriter
autocorrect
\family default
- that is in \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180288
+that is
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180288
+located
+\change_unchanged
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
's installation folder.
- Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
+
+\change_deleted -563046850 1560340086
+Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
mark key “!”.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
\family default
turns it off.
+\change_inserted -563046850 1560340324
+Note that using
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ after autocorrection has done its magic leaves the un-corrected sequence.
+ In the example above,
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ leads to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+=>
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, and a second
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ yields
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+=
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Shortcuts
\family default
.
- (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Tab"
description "Tabulator key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Esc"
description "Escape key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Home
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-End
+Home/End
\family default
These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Ctrl"
description "Control key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
+ in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses depending
on which keys it is used in combination with:
\end_layout
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Shift"
description "Shift key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Alt"
description "Alt or Meta key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
+You will learn more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use \SpecialChar LyX
+ because
+ most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the bottom
+ of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window describing the name of the action you have just triggered
+ and any existing key bindings for that action.
\SpecialChar LyX
-, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at
- the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s main window which describes the name of the action you
- have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
- The \SpecialChar LyX
menus also list the defined key bindings.
The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
- in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
+ in this documentation so you should not have any problems understanding
it.
- However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
+ However notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
here.
- You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
-
+ You can find details about the non-standard classes in chapter
+\emph on
+Special Document Classes
+\emph default
+ of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Unavailable
\SpecialChar LyX
will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
See section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
files
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
in of the
\emph on
Customization
\end_inset
- See section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ See sectio
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126826
+n Installing
+\change_unchanged
+n
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126829
+ew
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126829
-Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
+\emph on
+Installing new
+\change_unchanged
+
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126829
files
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126829
+
+\emph on
+ files
+\change_unchanged
+\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
- need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
+ need a specific inset or
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757388
+character
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598182122
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ style only that one time.
You want something that is like a document's own \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble.
What you want is \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_layout Standard
The drop box
+\change_deleted -712698321 1597235163
+
\family sans
Headings
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598182166
+Page
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! fancyhdr
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-A0 - A6
+A0 – A6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-B0 - B6
+B0 – B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-C0 - C6
+C0 – C6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-JIS B0 - JIS B6
+JIS B0 – JIS B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Standard
If you change a document class, \SpecialChar LyX
- has to convert
-\emph on
-everything
-\emph default
- into the new class.
+ has to convert everything into the new
+ class.
That includes the paragraph environments.
Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! setspace
+ packages ! setspace
\end_layout
\end_inset
\emph on
environment
\emph default
-} ...
+} \SpecialChar ldots
\backslash
end{
paragraph in which the cursor sits.
You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
you select them before choosing the new environment.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
goes at the top of the first page of the document.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
The numbers describe where in the document you are.
- Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
+ Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598182388
+ Roman numerals
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598182398
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1596358192
+Latin letters
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
body of the item text.
The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
label width plus a little extra space.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! enumitem
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
argument (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Short Title
+Enumerate Options
\family default
) to the first item of each level in the list.
There you add the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-with standard spacing
+with standard spacing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! enumitem
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! enumitem
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
- in anything else or
-\emph on
-vice versa
-\emph default
-.
+ in anything else or vice versa.
It will not work.
The
\family sans
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Verbatim
\family default
and
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
- are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in
+* are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in
\SpecialChar LyX
.
If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
\end_inset
program.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Verbatim
-This is verbatim.
+This is Verbatim.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
\begin_layout Verbatim
-Almost everything is allowed in verbatim:"%&$§#~'`
+Almost everything is allowed in Verbatim:"%&$§#~'`
\backslash
}][{|
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Verbatim*
+\family default
+ environment is identical to
+\family sans
+Verbatim
+\family default
+ with the difference that spaces appear in the output as the character '
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+'.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Verbatim*
+
+This is Verbatim*.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Nesting Environments
\begin_inset Index idx
Verbatim
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Verbatim*
+\end_layout
+
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#2-b Back to level #2.
-
\end_layout
\end_deeper
Verse
\family default
environment.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\begin_inset Separator plain
\end_inset
To split an existing list into two lists, set the cursor at the end of a
list item and use the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Start New Environment
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Separated <Name> Above
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Separated <Name> Below
\family default
.
- This inserts a plain separator (red line in LyX) and behind it the new
- list.
- Alternatively set the cursor at the end of a list item and press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-break"
-\end_inset
+ This inserts a plain separator (red line in \SpecialChar LyX
+) and before or behind it the
+ new list.
+ Inside nested environments, it is also possible to split the outer environment.
+\end_layout
- three times.
- This inserts a paragraph separator (red arrow in LyX).
+\begin_layout Standard
+By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator
+ (red arrow in LyX).
The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator
only splits the list and not the current paragraph.
- One can change the separator type by right-clicking on it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
- in a Standard environment immediately after a non-Standard one.
+ in a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment immediately after a non-Standard one.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
(and \SpecialChar LaTeX
) not to break the line at
that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\end_inset
.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also insert the following space types:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161965
+Medium
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+space
+\change_unchanged
+A line with a
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \medspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593161991
+negative thin
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161992
+medium
+\change_unchanged
+ space between the arrows.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593162006
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593162010
+Medium
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593162011
+Thick
+\change_unchanged
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+space A line with a
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \thickspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593162017
+medium
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593162018
+thick
+\change_unchanged
+ space between the arrows.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Negative
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
+placement document
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="12" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
em
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row change="inserted -712698321 1593161917">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917
+Medium
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917
+4
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+mu
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row change="inserted -712698321 1593161917">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917
+Thick
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917
+5
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+mu
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Up brace:
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593242277
+Up
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593242278
+Down
+\change_unchanged
+ brace
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593242369
+ (= opened downwards)
+\change_unchanged
+:
\begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Down brace:
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593242281
+Down
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593242282
+Up
+\change_unchanged
+ brace
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593242378
+ (= opened upwards)
+\change_unchanged
+:
\begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
\end_inset
MedSkip
\family default
.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593360527
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593360570
+
+\family sans
+Half line height
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Line height
+\family default
+ equal to the height, or half the height, of a line in the current font
+ size including line spacing.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
).
- There are five possibilities:
+ There are five possibilities:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family default
to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706231
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706295
+Suppressing Page Breaks
+\change_unchanged
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706382
+Page Breaks !
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706335
+No Page Break
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706444
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706504
+To discourage page break at certain point you can use
+\family sans
+Insert
+\change_unchanged
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706512
+Formatting
+\change_unchanged
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706556
+No Page Break
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family default
+.
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602707015
+ This is typically useful for paragraphs which should stay together or when
+ you want to keep close the description for tables and pictures in case
+ using floats or boxes is not appropriate.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
's line breaking, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
is
very good at line breaking.
- There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessaryactively
- to set a line break, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
+ There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to set
+ a line break actively, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
- specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
+ specifying
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757415
+character
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598184810
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ styles rather than specifying a particular font.
For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
- font to emphasize text, you use an
+ font, to emphasize text you use an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- instead.
+.
This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialChar LyX
.
In \SpecialChar LyX
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
-es; so you might have to experiment.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Xe\SpecialChar TeX
- and especially Lua\SpecialChar TeX
-, are still rather new and thus not as mature as tradition
-al \SpecialChar LaTeX
- or PDF\SpecialChar TeX
-.
+ In practice, some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding,
+ bad metrics, or other font deficiencies; so you might have to experiment.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Default,
\family default
the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
- In most cases, this will be the standard \SpecialChar TeX
- font, known as
+ With LyX's
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413696
+default
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413700
+automatic
+\change_unchanged
+ font encoding, this is
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413733
+, depending on the document language,
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413747
+either the the standard \SpecialChar TeX
+ font
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cm
\family default
) or
+\change_unchanged
+a look-alike of
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413754
+ the standard \SpecialChar TeX
+ font
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413756
+ this font
+\change_unchanged
+: either
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cm-super
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or the bitmap font
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
-), but some classes preset different default fonts.
+).
+ However, some classes set different default fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As
\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
ec
\family default
- are bitmap fonts, they often look pixelated in PDF output, especially when
- you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
+ is a bitmap font, it looks pixelated in PDF output, especially when you
+ read the PDF in a zoomed size.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This problem does not appear if you read PDFs in
+This problem is less severe if you read PDFs in
\family typewriter
Adobe
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-or select the
-\family sans
-AE
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(Almost
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-European)
-\family default
- fonts in (the rare) case that
-\family sans
-Latin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Modern
-\family default
- is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
- the look of
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- is a virtual font.
- Virtual means that it
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-steals
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- outline
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
--glyphs from other fonts.
- This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
- guillemets (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-«
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-»
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Loading the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
-\series bold
-aeguill
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! aeguill
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- with the document preamble line
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series default
-will fix the guillemet problem.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and that accented characters are not
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- glyph, but built of
-\emph on
-two
-\emph default
- characters, the accent and the letter.
- Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
- using the
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- fonts.
- If you search for example for the French word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-rève
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
- for the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- è
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and not for the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- e +
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
- ̀
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Itemize
If you do not like the look of
\family typewriter
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! fontenc
+ packages ! fontenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (see also sec.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413571
+ (see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-).
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
Unless you have specific reasons, use
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413471
+
\family sans
Default
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413474
+Automatic
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
.
\end_layout
of scaled capitals.
Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563000270
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563000448
+Furthermore, with some fonts, you can add additional (comma-separated) options
+ provided by the font package (or the
+\family sans
+fontspec
+\family default
+ package, if you use non-TeX fonts), into the
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ field.
+ This presupposes that you are familiar with the respective \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ font package.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! CJK
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Enable micro-typographic extensions
+\family default
+ activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via
+ the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+microtype
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! microtype
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Disallow line breaks after dashes
+\family default
+ outputs en- and em-dashes as literal characters
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Or \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ macro, if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ input encoding.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ instead of ligatures (--, ---) (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Using Different Character Styles
+Using Different
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757119
+Character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757120
+Text
+\change_unchanged
+ Styles
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525595783
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:charstyles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
As we've already seen, \SpecialChar LyX
- automatically changes the character style for certain
- paragraph environments.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- supports two character styles,
-\family sans
+ automatically changes the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525601052
+character
+\change_unchanged
+style for certain paragraph environments.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757169
+ In this section, we will explain how the style of selected text passages
+ can by changed.
+ This is where we meet the concept of
+\emph on
+text styles
+\emph default
+.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525601099
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525601099
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525595930
+By default,
+\change_unchanged
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports two
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757160
+character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757161
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ styles,
+\emph on
Emphasized
-\family default
+\emph default
and
+\noun on
+Noun
+\noun default
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757189
+These are
+\emph on
+builtin
+\emph default
+, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e., available with all document classes.
+ On top of that, some document classes and modules provide
+\emph on
+custom text styles
+\emph default
+ for specific purposes.
+ We describe both types of text styles in a minute.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757201
+Before we do that, though, allow us just a few words of what we mean by
+
+\emph on
+text styles
+\emph default
+ in contrast to
+\emph on
+text properties
+\emph default
+.
+ Traditional word processors used to focus on so-called
+\emph on
+formal markup
+\emph default
+: if you wanted to emphasize a word, you selected it and chose e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+bold style
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ — you customized the
+\emph on
+text properties
+\emph default
+.
+ Modern processors, \SpecialChar LyX
+ among them, encourage the use of
+\emph on
+semantic
+\emph default
+(or
+\emph on
+logical
+\emph default
+)
+\emph on
+markup
+\emph default
+ instead (although formal markup is still possible; see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Rather than fiddling with
+\emph on
+text properties
+\emph default
+, they encourage the use of
+\emph on
+text styles
+\emph default
+, who are defined with regard to their function (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+emphasize
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+), not their form (
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+bold
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ There are many advantages of the semantic approach.
+ To begin with, using functional categories keeps you thinking about why
+ you are actually marking up, if your markup is consistent and systematic,
+ and whether this particular markup makes sense.
+ On a more practical level, it is easy to change the appearance if needed.
+ Consider the case when you are writing a paper and set all proper names
+ in
+\shape smallcaps
+small caps
+\shape default
+ via formal markup.
+ Now if the publisher requests to have names appear differently (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., in normal font, or ALL-CAPS), you would have to change any single occurrence.
+ With a semantic markup (such as
+\noun on
+noun
+\noun default
+; see below), you'd just need to change the definition of
\family sans
Noun
\family default
+ once and for all.
+ It's a ten second change (if you know how to change the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ definition).
+ Moreover, semantic markup even allows you to produce different versions
+ of a document, using different markup semantics.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757213
+With that in mind, we now turn to the semantic text styles that are provided
+ by \SpecialChar LyX
.
- You can activate both of these styles via key bindings, the menus, and
- the toolbar.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757220
+Builtin Text Styles
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757226
+The two builtin text styles can be
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525596489
+You can
+\change_unchanged
+activate
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596491
+d
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525596494
+both of these styles
+\change_unchanged
+via
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596436
+the
+\family sans
+Text Style
+\family default
+ dialog,
+\change_unchanged
+key bindings
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525596045
+, the menus
+\change_unchanged
+, and the toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596051
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596318
+use the
+\family sans
+Text Style
+\family default
+ dialog (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+) as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598183
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598323
+By default,
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ is producing text in
+\shape smallcaps
+Small Caps
+\shape default
+, but the definition can be changed.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A more widely used character style is the
+A more widely used
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757229
+character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757229
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ style is the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596078
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596340
+use the
+\family sans
+Text Style
+\family default
+ dialog (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+) as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Emphasized
\family default
style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or \SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages
- use a different font.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598370
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525598370
+-
+\change_unchanged
+packages use a different font
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598396
+, and you can also customize it yourself by changing the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ definition
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Quotation
\emph on
-Do not overuse character styles!
+Do not overuse
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757231
+character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757231
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ styles!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It's also a warning in addition to an example.
One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
- the common tendency to overuse character styles.
+ the common tendency to overuse
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757236
+character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757236
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ styles.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598186598
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598419
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757709
+In contrast to the custom text styles, the builtin styles are represented
+ only as font changes and integrated in the
+\family sans
+Text Properties
+\family default
+ dialog.
+
+\change_unchanged
+You can
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598525
+therefore
+\change_unchanged
+always reset to the default font using the key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
- or the dialog
+ or th
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525598540
+e
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598540
+at
+\change_unchanged
+ dialog
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525596565
+
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598544
+
\family default
- (
+(
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598549
+or
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525598549
+(
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
).
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596575
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756578
+Custom Text Styles
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757241
+Custom text styles can be provided by the document class, a module (see
+ section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Modules"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+), or local layout settings (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ As the two builtin styles, they provide
+\emph on
+semantic
+\emph default
+ markup for specific functions.
+ For instance, \SpecialChar LyX
+ ships a
+\emph on
+Linguistics
+\emph default
+ module that provides, among other things, some custom text styles to markup
+ linguistic levels:
+\emph on
+expressions
+\emph default
+,
+\noun on
+concepts
+\noun default
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+meanings
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757806
+These styles can be found, if available, in the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text Styles
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757245
+For the purpose of demonstration, we have loaded in this document the optional
+ module
+\family sans
+Logical Markup
+\family default
+ that replicates and extends the two builtin styles.
+ By example of the emphasized style, we can see the differences in look
+ and feel (although the result in the typeset output is the same): while
+ the builtin
+\emph on
+emphasized style
+\emph default
+ appears as normal font change, the custom text style
+\begin_inset Flex Emph
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599318
+Emph
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ appears as an inset, with a label below that identifies its semantics.
+ This is the way all custom text styles look and feel like.
+ For instance, the three others from the module we have loaded are:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599387
+Code
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Strong
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599390
+Strong
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599392
+Noun
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Note that custom text styles might (as in the example) or might not emulate
+ on screen their formal appearance.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Fine-Tuning with the
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599470
+Fine-Tuning
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599472
+Tweaking
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599462
+Text
+\change_unchanged
+with the
\family sans
-Text Style
+Text
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525756524
+Style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756526
+Properties
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
- dialog
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599485
+d
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599485
+D
+\change_unchanged
+ialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning; so
- \SpecialChar LyX
- gives you a way to create a custom character style.
+There are always occasions when you will need to do some
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599505
+formal
+\change_unchanged
+fine-tuning; so \SpecialChar LyX
+ gives you a way to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525595143
+create a custom
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525595144
+customize
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525601741
+the properties of text passages
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525595163
+character style
+\change_unchanged
+.
For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
from ordinary dialog.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525595231
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757255
+If there are no custom text styles provided by the document class or a module
+ for this purpose (which is, as written above, generally the better way
+ of handling such issues), you often find yourself wanting to quickly tweak
+ the properties of the respective text passages.
+ That's where
+\emph on
+formal markup
+\emph default
+ comes in as a last resort.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
- warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
+Before we document how to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599696
+use custom character style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599700
+tweak the text properties
+\change_unchanged
+, we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599715
+character styles
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599716
+that
+\change_unchanged
+!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use custom character styles, open the
+To
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599736
+use custom character styles
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599739
+tweak text properties
+\change_unchanged
+, open the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599762
+
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599762
+
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
dialog or press the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\end_inset
.
- There are several boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different
- font property that you can choose.
+ There are several
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599782
+combo
+\change_unchanged
+boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599798
+font
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599796
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ property that you can choose.
You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
\family sans
No
\family default
, which keeps the current state of that property.
The item
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525677079
+
\family sans
-Reset
+R
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525677076
+Default
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525677077
+eset
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
will reset the property to whatever is the default.
You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The font properties, and their options (in addition to
+The
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599868
+font
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599869
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ properties, and their options (in addition to
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
change
\family default
and
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525677094
+
\family sans
Reset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525677096
+Default
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
) are:
\end_layout
\family sans
)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607448
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607495
+The general differences of these families are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607451
+
+\family sans
+Serif
+\family default
+ fonts use characters with serifs.
+ These are the small
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+appendices
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
+ The following example shows the difference:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+text with serifs
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+text without serifs
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
+ These fonts are therefore used as default (named
+\family sans
+roman
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607513
+
+\family sans
+Sans serif
+\family default
+ is not recommended for use as a base type.
+ This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
+ We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607513
+
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+ is a so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+monospaced
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font, which means every character has the same width; the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+i
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is as wide as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+m
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Here is an example
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607513
+no
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+typewriter text
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607513
+For more on phantoms see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+no typewriter text
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_deeper
This
\shape default
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599902
+
\family sans
\shape italic
i
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599902
+
\family default
+i
+\change_unchanged
s the Italic font shape
\shape default
\emph on
Color
\family default
Alters the text color.
- Note that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
+ Note that not all DVI
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599925
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599925
+-
+\change_unchanged
+viewers are able to display colors.
Besides
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599934
+
\family sans
+(Without)
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599939
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
color
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
, which means that the document default color set in
\family sans
text
\family default
- is used, you can choose between
+ is used, you can
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599960
+choose
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599960
+select
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599974
+between
+\change_unchanged
+
\family sans
Black
\family default
\family sans
Magenta
\family default
- and
+,
\family sans
Yellow
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Brown
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Darkgray
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gray
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lightgray
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lime
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Orange
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Olive
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Pink
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Purple
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Teal
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Violet
\family default
text.
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_inset
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598186626
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family default
This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
the language of the document.
- Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
+ Text marked in this way will be underlined
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600006
+in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ workarea
+\change_unchanged
+in blue to indicate the change
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600002
(only within \SpecialChar LyX
-).
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525677618
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked, activate
+\family sans
+Exclude from Spellchecking
+\family default
+.
+ Passages marked like this will still be hyphenated correctly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
Size
\family default
Alters the size of the font.
- You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
- proportional to the document font size.
+ You
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600033
+will
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600034
+won't
+\change_unchanged
+ find
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600037
+no
+\change_unchanged
+numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportional to the
+ document font size.
Once again, you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX
the details, but a general description of what
you want to do.
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600062
+
\family sans
Misc
-\family default
- Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600065
+Underlining
+\change_unchanged
-\family sans
-Emph
\family default
+ Here you can
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600102
+change a few other things at the character level
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600112
+have text passages being underlined
+\change_unchanged
+.
-\emph on
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600240
+Avoid using underlining if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter
+ days, when you could not change fonts.
+ One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
+ This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX
+ because some people
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
+
+\change_unchanged
+Options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600074
+
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+
+\emph on
This is text with emphasize on
\emph default
.
That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
text.
Normally this font is equal to italic.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600322
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600337
+
+\family sans
+(Without)
+\family default
+ Don't use underlining.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600192
+
\family sans
Underbar
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600193
+Single
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\bar under
-This is text with Underbar on.
+This is text with
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600212
+Single underlining
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600209
+Underbar
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
\bar default
(key binding
\end_inset
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600236
+
\family default
Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
when you could not change fonts.
may
\emph default
need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family sans
Double
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600261
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
underbar
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\uuline on
-This is text with Double underbar on.
+This is text with Double under
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600270
+bar
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600271
+lining
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
\uuline default
(key binding
\end_inset
)
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600282
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
- about double underbar.
+ about double underbar
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family sans
Wavy
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600285
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
underbar
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\uwave on
-This is text with Wavy underbar on.
+This is text with Wavy under
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600294
+bar
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600295
+lining
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
\uwave default
(key binding
Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
Keep antinausea pills handy.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600130
+
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600169
+
\family sans
-Strikeout
+Strikethrough
+\family default
+ lets you strike-through text passages in two ways:
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600364
+
+\family sans
+(Without)
+\family default
+ Don't use strikethrough.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+S
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600378
+trike
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600378
+ingle
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\strikeout on
-This is text with Strikeout on.
+This is text with
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600382
+Strikeout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525601925
+Single strikethrough
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
\strikeout default
(key binding
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600394
+
+\family sans
+Cross
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+ou
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600397
+With
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+/
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600398
+t
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family default
+
+\xout on
+This is text with
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525601941
+/-strikethrough
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525601943
+Cross out
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
+\xout default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+This is used to make text hardly readable.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757268
+In addition to all the formal markup described above, the dialog also provides
+ you access to the two builtin semantic text styles (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+):
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600579
+
+\family sans
+Emphasized:
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+This is text with emphasize on
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
Noun
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600548
+:
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\noun on
This is text with Noun on.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600637
+
\noun default
Like
\family sans
Caps
\family default
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
- Once you have chosen a new character style via the
+So you have a huge number of combinations to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600660
+choose
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600660
+select
+\change_unchanged
+ from.
+ Once you have
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600674
+chosen a new character style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600725
+applied a text property
+\change_unchanged
+ via the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600703
+
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600703
+
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
(
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
-) dialog, the settings are saved.
- You can activate them by using the toolbar button
+) dialog, the settings are
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600733
+temporarily
+\change_unchanged
+saved.
+ You can activate the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600738
+m
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600745
+ last applied properties
+\change_unchanged
+ by using the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
.
- The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
- isn't visible.
+ The button lets you apply
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600766
+your custom character style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600778
+those
+\change_unchanged
+even when the dialog isn't visible.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545905101
+ A press on the button will apply the most recent setting again, a press
+ on the down-arrow will open a menu with the (max.
+ 20) most recently applied settings, from which you can select one.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+To completely reset the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600787
+character style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600823
+text properties of a selection
+\change_unchanged
+ to the default, use
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545917704
+ either
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545917700
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545917733
+ or select
+\family sans
+Reset to default
+\family default
+ from the menu of the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
.
- If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
- (suppose you just set the shape to
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600803
+If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose
+ you just set the shape to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Apply
\family default
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
You should also know something about the differences between the three main
font types
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
+
\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
+
\family sans
Serif
\family default
\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
+
\family sans
Sans serif
\family default
is not recommended for use as a base type.
This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600873
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
), no matter how many times you apply the style.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
- They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
+We conclude
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607667
+this section
+\change_unchanged
+with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts! They are, more
+ often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Simple text (ASCII)
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337594
+Simple
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337596
+Plain
+\change_unchanged
+ text
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337574
+ (ASCII)
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! ASCII
+File formats !
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337607
+ASCII
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337612
+Plain text
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
+ It contains your document as plain text
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337643
+in UTF-8 encoding
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337647
+following the rules of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (ASCII).
+ (ASCII)
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
+You can export your document to
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337684
+ASCII
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337686
+plain text
+\change_unchanged
+ with the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
.
This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating
- thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII.
+ thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337720
+ASCII
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337722
+plain text
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! pstricks
+ packages ! pstricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
+Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
- output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
View (Other Formats)
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "view-others"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character comes in four lengths: the
+ symbol comes in four variants: the
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
-, and the minus sign:
+, and the
+\emph on
+minus sign
+\emph default
+:
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "100col%"
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+system key combination
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+On Mac and Linux, the en dash is entered with
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
+Opt+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Symbols
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ and the em dash with
+\family sans
+Shift-Opt+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Opt
+\family default
+ is the Mac label for the right
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+key).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+--
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+system key combination or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
+---
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Symbols
+ in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- character multiple times in a row.
- They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
- the final output, but not in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- gives a en dash,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+Dashes can also be inserted with
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- a em dash.
+Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Symbols
+\family default
+ or using the
+\family typewriter
+unicode-insert
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash
+ and 2014 for the en dash).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
- math mode and has a length of its own.
+Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math
+ mode and has a length of its own.
Here are some examples:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-From A–Z
+A–Z; pages
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+369–378
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh — there's a dash.
+The em dash is used without spaces: Oh—there's a dash.
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+See also the
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Wikipedia entry on dashes"
+target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dash"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Dashes and Line Breaks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use
+ case and locale, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+In English, line breaks are generally allowed after the dash, but no line
+ break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+In English, dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start
+ a new line.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+In French and Spanish, dashes around parenthetical statements are treated
+ similar to brackets: line breaks are not allowed on the inner side.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX
+ to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ligature dashes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (-- and ---).
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ allows line breaks after hyphens
+\change_deleted -1402925745 1558782973
+,
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782983
+ and these
+\change_unchanged
+ en-dashes and em-dashes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Line breaks before spaced en dashes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– common in British English and generally recommended by
+\emph on
+The Elements of Typographic Style
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– can be prevented using protected spaces.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Unwanted line breaks
+\series bold
+after
+\series default
+ dashes
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782702
+must
+\change_deleted -1402925745 1558782715
+can
+\change_unchanged
+ be prevented by wrapping in a makebox
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+See section
+\emph on
+Prevent Hyphenation
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or preceding with
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+nobreakdash
+\series default
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+ code
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782753
+, a protected space does not suffice
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ Examples
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782332
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782431
+It is generally recommended to set the correct language for text parts not
+ in the document language.
+ We don't do this here to prevent a dependency on LaTeX support for French
+ and Spanish.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Pages
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+36–39
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Les incises
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+–
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+même
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ si tout le monde ne les aime pas
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– sont très utiles.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+En una frase
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+nobreakdash
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+—un inciso con rayas— se escribe así.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+An incorrect line break is easily overlooked because
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– in contrast to an overfull line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– it does not trigger a warning in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ log.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes, you can select
+ the option
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Disallow line breaks after dashes
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Line breaks are still allowed after spaced dashes.
+ They can be prevented using protected spaces (without need for a makebox
+ or \SpecialChar TeX
+ code).
+ Example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Les incises –
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+même si tout le monde ne les aime pas
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– sont très utiles.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Line breaks after unspaced dashes can be allowed via the menu
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Optional
+\change_deleted 1675569489 1580913043
+
+\change_inserted 1675569489 1580913043
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+line
+\change_deleted 1675569489 1580913068
+
+\change_inserted 1675569489 1580913068
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+break
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Em-dashes without spaces—\SpecialChar allowbreak
+common in American English—\SpecialChar allowbreak
+should be followed by
+ a line break opportunity.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This also allows hyphenation of the word following the dash (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+With this setting, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em
+ or en dashes (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Changes and backwards compatibility
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Up to \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.1, consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged
+ to en or em dashes by LaTeX.
+ These
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ligature dashes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters
+ are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ as
+\emph on
+non-breakable
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Since \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.2, consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ in a way that
+ prevents ligation to dashes.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Ligature dashes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters
+ (except in
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ font); typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately
+ after the input (unless the current text font is
+\family typewriter
+type
+\family default
+writer).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The behavior was changed since
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lyx --help
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ became
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lyx –help
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in PDF, Postscript, and DVI output.
+ An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output
+ as non-breakable dashes.
+ This also resulted in changed line breaks in some older documents.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.3 outputs
+\emph on
+breakable
+\emph default
+ dashes by default.
+ When opening documents edited with \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.2 or earlier and containing literal dash characters not followed by whitespace,
+ the setting
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Disallow line breaks after dashes
+\family default
+ is active to prevent changes to the line breaks.
+\series bold
+Warning:
+\series default
+ If you used both literal and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ligature
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ dashes in pre-\SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.2 documents, you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as
+ shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphenation
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! babel
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
following the rules of the document language.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ does not hyphenate text in the
+\family sans
+typewriter
+\family default
+ font and words immediately preceded or followed by hyphens or dashes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as a hyphenation possibility.
- Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
- To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
- as described in section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ as a line break possibility.
+ A line break at this point would look ugly.
+ To prevent the shortcut from being broken, you can use a protected hyphen
+ (
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Protected Hyphen
+\family default
+) or put it into a makebox as described in section
+\emph on
Prevent Hyphenation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Quotes
+Quotation Marks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Quotes
+Typography ! Quotation marks
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Quotes | see
+Quotation marks | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- usually sets quotes correctly.
- Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
- and use a closing quote at the end.
+ usually sets quotation marks correctly.
+ Specifically, it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted
+ text, and use a closing mark at the end.
For example,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
"
\family default
- key produces using the submenu
+ key produces by using the submenu
\family sans
Language
\family default
\end_inset
- dialog in the box
+ dialog and switching the
\family sans
Quote Style
\family default
-.
- There are six choices:
+ (note that \SpecialChar LyX
+ makes a sensible proposal for the selected main language).
+ There are 14
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+choices:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\noindent
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Text
+Outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in the US)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\begin_inset Quotes sls
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes sls
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Sweden)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-For single quotes you have to use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "quote-insert single"
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
+g., in Germany)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ligatures
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Ligatures
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ligatures | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Poland)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Ligatures"
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
- print them as single characters.
- These groups are known as
-\emph on
-ligatures
-\emph default
-.
- Since \SpecialChar LaTeX
- knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the
- output.
- Here are the standard ligatures:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ff
-\end_layout
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes crs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fi
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fl
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffi
-\end_layout
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffl
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes cls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes crs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
- While a ligature may be okay in the word,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-graffiti,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g., in Switzerland)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
- it looks really weird in compound words, such as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
-cufflink
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or the German
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Dorffest.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset
- To break a ligature, use
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Ligature
-\begin_inset space ~
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
-Break.
\family default
- This changes
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
-cufflinks
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset
-cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
-links
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g., in Denmark)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
-Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
-fest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\SpecialChar LyX
- and \SpecialChar LaTeX
- logos
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LyX
- ! Proper names
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
+\end_inset
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
+\end_inset
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Via
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Special Characters
-\family default
-, \SpecialChar LyX
- provides the following program logos with special formatting:
+ quotation marks (so-called plain or non-typographical quotation marks)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar LyX
- The name of the game.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar TeX
- The typesetting engine used by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes bld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- The \SpecialChar TeX
- macro colletion used by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes brd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- The current version of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2
-\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes bls
\end_inset
-.
- It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX
- world to give programs geek version numbers.
- For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX
- converges to the number
-\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes brs
\end_inset
-: The actual version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes bld
\end_inset
-\SpecialChar TeX
--3.141592
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes brd
\end_inset
-, the previous one was
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes bls
\end_inset
-\SpecialChar TeX
--3.14159
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes brs
\end_inset
-.
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., in Great Britain)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Units
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Units
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
- space between two words.
- As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
- smaller.
- To get such a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-half space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset
- for units use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Thin
-\begin_inset space ~
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
-Space
+
\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "space-insert thin"
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example to show the differences:
-\end_layout
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space ~
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-h
+g., in France)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-space between number and unit
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ild
+\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ird
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-h
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes ils
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-half space between number and unit
-\end_layout
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes irs
+\end_inset
+
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes ild
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ird
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes ils
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes irs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Widows and Orphans
-\begin_inset Index idx
+ quotation marks (another style common in France)
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Widows and orphans
+Maybe you wonder why one does not simply use only outer marks in this case,
+ since these look identical to the inner marks.
+ The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where
+ the inner marks differ).
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
- happened to end.
- There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
- For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom
- of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom
- of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
- These bits of text became known as
-\emph on
-widows
-\emph default
- and
-\emph on
-orphans
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-\begin_layout Standard
-Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX
- can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
- That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
- But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
- of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
- governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical
-ly to prevent widows and orphans.
- If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes rld
\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes rrd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-widowpenalty=10000
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-clubpenalty=10000
-\series default
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset Quotes rls
\end_inset
-to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble of your document to avoid them.
- Some \SpecialChar LaTeX
- books (such as
-\begin_inset space ~
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes rrs
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
-
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes rld
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset space ~
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes rrd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes rls
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes rrs
+\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-) have more information about the technical details of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s page break mechanism.
+g., in Russia)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes wld
\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes wrd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Notes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes wls
+\end_inset
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes wrs
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Notes"
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes wld
+\end_inset
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes wrd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes wls
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes wrs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
+ quotation marks (another style common in Sweden)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar LyX
-
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\begin_inset Quotes jld
\end_inset
-Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+
+\family sans
+Outer
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes jrd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+\family sans
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family default
-\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
- a \SpecialChar LaTeX
--comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(xxx)
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset Quotes jls
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Comment
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX
--files.
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+inner
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes jrs
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Greyed
-\begin_inset space ~
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes jld
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
- set in the document settings under
-\family sans
-Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Greyed-out
-\begin_inset space ~
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes jrd
\end_inset
-notes
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes jls
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes jrs
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is the text
+g., in Japan)
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
- In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
- of a comment that appears in the output.
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600338376
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fn:cjk-quotes"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
+\change_unchanged
+Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols
+ in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "note-insert"
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\begin_inset Quotes kld
\end_inset
- or the menu
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Note
+Outer
\family default
-.
- Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Footnotes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes krd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Footnotes
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Footnotes"
-\end_inset
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes kls
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu
-
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Footnote
+inner
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "footnote-insert"
+
+\begin_inset Quotes krs
\end_inset
-,
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-you will see
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- a box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
- scale 80
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes kld
+\end_inset
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes krd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes kls
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
- This box is \SpecialChar LyX
-'s representation of your footnote.
- If you
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- left-click on
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes krs
+\end_inset
+
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g., in North Korea and China)
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600338410
-\family sans
-foot
-\family roman
+\begin_inset script superscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600338410
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fn:cjk-quotes"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-label, the box will
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
- Clicking on the box label again will close
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- box
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
- and click on the footnote
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- toolbar
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-button
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example footnote:
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600338417
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
+Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols
+ in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
- position where the footnote box is placed.
- The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX
- according to the document class.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other
- schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
--commands.
- T
-\family roman
-h
-\family default
-ey are described in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Marginal Notes
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inner quotation marks
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Marginal notes
-\end_layout
-
+In many writing cultures, these are single quotation marks.
+ But as the British and French styles show, this is not necessarily the
+ case (and specifically the British style shows that
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
-
+outer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ does not necessarily mean
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+double
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- When you insert a margin note via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Marginal
-\begin_inset space ~
+).
+ This is why we call them
+\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
-Note
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "marginalnote-insert"
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
-, you will see
-\family roman
-\series medium
-a
-\family default
-\series default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-box with the
-\family default
-\series default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-label
+ as opposed to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-margin
+outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appearing within your text.
- This box is \SpecialChar LyX
-'s representation of your margin
-\family default
-\series default
-al
-\family roman
-\series medium
-note.
+ quotation marks.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
-\family roman
-\series medium
-
-\begin_inset Marginal
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align left
-This is a marginal note.
-\end_layout
+ for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages, such
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+scare quotes
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
+) can be obtained by means of the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "quote-insert inner"
+\end_inset
+ and via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Special Characters
+\family default
+ menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
- pages, right on odd pages.
+By default, the quotation mark styles are persistent.
+ That is to say, a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when
+ it was inserted, even if the document-wide style changes.
+ This allows you to enter marks of different style.
+ If you check the setting
+\family sans
+Use dynamic quotation marks
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Language
+\family default
+, however, special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window,
+ they appear in a special color).
+ These marks will automatically adapt to the main style (and its changes).
+ Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in
+ one step (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., if your publisher requests a different style).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For further information about marginal notes see the section
-\emph on
-Margin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Notes
-\emph default
- in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+Individual quotation marks (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+e., their level [inner, outer], side [opening, closing], and style) can be
+ easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a
+ mark.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Graphics and Images
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Ligatures
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images
+Typography ! Ligatures
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Graphics
+Ligatures | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Graphics"
+name "subsec:Ligatures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
- you want and click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
-\end_inset
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
+\emph on
+ligatures
+\emph default
+.
+ Since \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the
+ output.
+ Here are the standard ligatures:
+\end_layout
- or select
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Graphics
-\family default
- from the menu.
- Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ff
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
- The
-\family sans
-Graphics
-\family default
- tab allows you to choose your image file.
- The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
- factor.
- The scaling units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fi
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fl
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffi
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffl
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
- it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
- of the image in the output.
- The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
-
-\family sans
-Get
-\begin_inset space ~
+Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-from
-\begin_inset space ~
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-file
-\family default
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Clip
-\begin_inset space ~
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
+cufflink
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-bounding
-\begin_inset space ~
+ or the German
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-box
-\family default
- will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
- Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
- the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+Dorffest.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the
+ To break a ligature, use
\family sans
-LaTeX
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Break.
-LyX options
\family default
- tab \SpecialChar LaTeX
- experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
- options.
- In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Draft
-\begin_inset space ~
+ This changes
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-mode
-\family default
- has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
- with the image size is printed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
- Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
- in the text.
- This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- scale 70
+cufflinks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+links
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
- the image into a float, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Image Formats
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ and \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Logos
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Formats
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ! Proper names
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Image-Formats"
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Via
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Special Characters\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Logos
+\family default
+, \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides the following program logos with special formatting:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ The name of the game.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert images in any known file format.
- But as we explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar TeX
+ The typesetting engine used by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ The \SpecialChar TeX
+ macro collection used by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+ The current version of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- therefore uses the program
-\family typewriter
-ImageMagick
-\family default
- in the background to convert the images to the right format.
- To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
-\begin_inset space ~
+2
+\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap
-\begin_inset space ~
+ It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX
+ world to give programs geek version numbers.
+ For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX
+ converges to the number
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
-images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
- They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
- Well-known bitmap image formats are
+: The actual version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Graphics Interchange Format
+\SpecialChar TeX
+-3.141592
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (GIF, file extension
+, the previous one was
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.gif
-\family default
-
+\SpecialChar TeX
+-3.14159
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GIF|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Units
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Typography ! Units
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-,
+\begin_layout Standard
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
+ space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
+ smaller.
+ To get such a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Portable Network Graphics
+half space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ for units use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Thin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.png
+Space
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PNG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example to show the differences:
+\end_layout
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-}
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\end_inset
+
+h
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+space between number and unit
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+h
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+half space between number and unit
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-)
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Widows and Orphans
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-JPG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+Typography ! Widows and orphans
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_layout
-}
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom
+ of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom
+ of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These bits of text became known as
+\emph on
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
+\emph default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX
+ can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical
+ly to prevent widows and orphans.
+ If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+widowpenalty=10000
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Scalable
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+clubpenalty=10000
+\series default
-images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
- data loss.
- The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
- Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Scalable image formats can be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble of your document to avoid them.
+ Some \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ books (such as
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Scalable Vector Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
+
\end_inset
- (SVG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.svg
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexguide"
+literal "true"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+) have more information about the technical details of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s page break mechanism.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SVG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LyX
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EPS|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
-{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
+ a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(xxx)
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Note Comment
+status open
-}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
+ set in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Greyed-out
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Portable Document Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+notes
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- (PDF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
-\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is the text
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
+This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
+ In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- We say
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ of a comment that appears in the output.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-can be
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
- result will not be scalable.
- In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only
-\emph on
-vice versa
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping of Image Settings
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Settings grouping
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
- group.
- Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
- of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
- the same way.
- So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
- need to manually change each of them.
-
+As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A new group can be set by pressing the button
-\family sans
-Open
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-new
-\begin_inset space ~
+Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
-group
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
- Graphics
-\family default
- dialog in the
+ or the menu
\family sans
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-LyX options
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Note
\family default
- tab.
- Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
- and checking the name of the desired group.
+.
+ Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Tables
+Footnotes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables
+Footnotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Tables"
+name "sec:Footnotes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Footnote
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "tabular-insert"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Table
+,
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+you will see
\family default
-.
- A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
- The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
- from the rest of the table.
- This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
- have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
- them.
- Here is an example table:
-\end_layout
+\series default
+\bar default
+ a box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/footnote.png
+ scale 95
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ This box is \SpecialChar LyX
+'s representation of your footnote.
+ If you
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ left-click on
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+\family sans
+foot
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+
\family roman
\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+label, the box will
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
+ Clicking on the box label again will close
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ box
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
+ and click on the footnote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ toolbar
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+button
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example footnote:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
+To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
+ position where the footnote box is placed.
+ The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
+ The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX
+ according to the document class.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other
+ schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands.
+ T
+\family roman
+h
+\family default
+ey are described in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Marginal Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Marginal notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ When you insert a margin note via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Marginal
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
+\end_inset
+, you will see
\family roman
\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B
-\end_layout
-
+a
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+box with the
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is \SpecialChar LyX
+'s representation of your margin
+\family default
+\series default
+al
+\family roman
+\series medium
+note.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
+\family roman
+\series medium
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Marginal
+status open
-\size normal
-\noun off
-\color none
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align left
+This is a marginal note.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
+ pages, right on odd pages.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For further information about marginal notes see the section
+\emph on
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Notes
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Graphics and Images
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Images
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Graphics
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Graphics"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Table dialog
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
- then choosing
-\family sans
-More\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-.
- This brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
- cursor is placed currently.
- Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
- This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
- done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In addition to the table dialog, the
-\family sans
-table
-\begin_inset space ~
+To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
+ you want and click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
-toolbar
+ or select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Graphics
\family default
- helps you in setting table properties.
- It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
+ from the menu.
+ Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
+This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
+ The
\family sans
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
+Graphics
\family default
- of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
- If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
- current cell respectively.
- The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
- is given.
- A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
- of text, see section
+ tab allows you to choose your image file.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
+ factor.
+ The scaling units are explained in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
- using the check box
+In the tab
\family sans
-Multicolumn
+Clipping
\family default
- or
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
+ of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
+
\family sans
-Multirow
+Get
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+from
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+file
\family default
.
- This will merge the cells to
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- cell, spread over more than one column/row.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
- and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-abc
-\end_layout
-
+ The option
+\family sans
+Clip
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-def ghi
-\end_layout
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bounding
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+box
+\family default
+ will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
+ the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-jkl
-\end_layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+LyX options
+\family default
+ tab \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ options.
+ In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Draft
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+mode
+\family default
+ has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
+ with the image size is printed.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
+\begin_layout Standard
+The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
+ Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
+ in the text.
+ This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/2D-intensity-plot.pdf
+ scale 70
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-B
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
+ the image into a float, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-C
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-D
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Image Formats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+Images ! Formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert images in any known file format.
+ But as we explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ therefore uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ImageMagick
+\family default
+ in the background to convert the images to the right format.
+ To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
+ use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX
--arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
- explained in the chapter
-\emph on
-Tables
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table.
- These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX
- but are visible in the output.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Most DVI-viewers are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- able to display rotations.
-\end_layout
+images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
+ Well-known bitmap image formats are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Graphics Interchange Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (GIF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Borders
-\family default
- tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
- The button
-\family sans
-Default
+\family typewriter
+.gif
\family default
- adds lines for all cell borders.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Longtables
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Longtables
+GIF|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-long
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-table
-\family default
- in the tab
-\family sans
-Longtable
-\family default
- of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
- Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
- except for the first page, if
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-header
-\family default
- is defined.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\family typewriter
+.png
+\family default
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PNG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
- except for the last page, if
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-footer
-\family default
- is defined.
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
-\end_layout
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
- You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Caption
-\family default
-.
- More about longtable captions can be found in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify a row where the table is split.
- If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
-
-\emph on
-empty
-\emph default
-.
- In this context, first means first in this order:
-\family sans
-Footer, Last
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-footer,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Header,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-header
-\family default
-; see the following longtable to see how it works:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Example Phone List (ignore the names)
-\end_layout
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\end_layout
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-NAME
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+JPG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-TEL.
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Example Phone List
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-NAME
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
+Scalable
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
+ data loss.
+ The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
+ presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+ Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Scalable image formats can be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Scalable Vector Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ (SVG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-TEL.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.svg
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-continue ...
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+SVG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Bertoli
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+EPS|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Bozzi
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ (PDF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Cachia
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+.
+ We say
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+can be
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
+ result will not be scalable.
+ In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-Cachia
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only
+\emph on
+vice versa
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping of Image Settings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Images ! Settings grouping
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cinquemani
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+\begin_layout Standard
+Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
+ group.
+ Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
+ of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
+ the same way.
+ So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
+ need to manually change each of them.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A new group can be set by pressing the button
+\family sans
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+new
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+group
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+ Graphics
+\family default
+ dialog in the
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Colin
+LyX options
+\family default
+ tab.
+ Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
+ and checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Tables
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+Tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Concli
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
+.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288358
+, and you can select a specific (border) style
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
+ from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
+ have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
+ them.
+ Here is an example table:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Focarelli
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Gasparini
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
-\end_layout
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288479
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288540
+This corresponds to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Grid with Head
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Lassini
+ table style listed in the style selection.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288387
+Other available styles include:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288551
+A
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+simple grid
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+ which looks line the above table, but without the first row being separated
+ via double line,
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288764
+a border-less table with no lines at all,
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554289543
+and a so-called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+formal table
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Malfatti
+ as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and
+ bold top/bottom lines (see
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual, section
+\emph on
+Formal Tables
+\emph default
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288823
+The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar
+ button can be changed in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text Layout
+\family default
+.
+ So if the default style above is not the one you need, you should alter
+ this setting.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Dialog
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
+ then choosing
+\family sans
+More\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+.
+ This brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
+ cursor is placed currently.
+ Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In addition to the table dialog, the
+\family sans
+table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+toolbar
+\family default
+ helps you in setting table properties.
+ It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+
+Settings
+\family default
+ of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
+ If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
+ current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
+ is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
+ of text, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
+ using the check box
+\family sans
+Multicolumn
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Multirow
+\family default
+.
+ This will merge the cells to
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ cell, spread over more than one column/row.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
+ Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ in the last row without the upper border:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+abc
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Malfatti
+def ghi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+jkl
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Mezzadra
+D
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Pirpamer
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
+ explained in the chapter
+\emph on
+Tables
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table.
+ These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX
+ but are visible in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Note:
+\series default
+ Most DVI-viewers are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ able to display rotations.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Borders
+\family default
+ tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
+ The button
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ adds lines for all cell borders.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Multi-page Tables
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+Tables ! Multi-page
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111, 222
+Multi-page tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Radina
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+multi-page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+table
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+Multi-page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+table
+\family default
+ of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
+ Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
+ Except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Stuffer
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
+ You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Caption
+\family default
+.
+ More about multi-page table captions can be found in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also specify a row where the table is split.
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
+
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+
+footer,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Header,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+header
+\family default
+; see the following longtable to see how it works:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vieider
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vigna
+continue ...
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Weber
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Winkler
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
+\series bold
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Annovi
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bertoli
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bozzi
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cinquemani
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Colin
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Concli
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Feliciello
+Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
+Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Focarelli
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Galletti
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Gasparini
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Rizzardi
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Lassini
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555, 222
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Radina
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vieider
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-999
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Weber
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Winkler
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row endlastfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-End
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Cells
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Cells
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Table-Cells"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
- All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
- Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
- But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
-\family sans
-Section*
-\family default
-, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Maurizio
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
- for the column in the table dialog.
- Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
- is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
- An example:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+\series bold
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-4
+\series bold
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-5
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-6
+\series bold
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is longer now.
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-7
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-8
+\series bold
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
- This is longer now.
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-9
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Dalpiaz
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Annamaria
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
- You can even cut and paste more than one row.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not
- be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
-
+
+\series bold
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- Selection with the mouse or with
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- plus the arrow keys works as usual.
- You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
- the selection from outside the table.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Domenico
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Floats"
+\series bold
+Focarelli
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
- have a fixed location.
- It can
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Galletti
+\end_layout
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Oreste
+\end_layout
- forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
-
-\family sans
-Footnotes
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Margin
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Notes
-\family default
- are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too many notes on the current page.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
- and pages without text.
- As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
- the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
- Floats are therefore numbered.
- Referencing is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\series bold
+Gasparini
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franca
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To insert a float, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Float
-\family default
-.
- A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
- The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
- the output.
- After the label you can insert the caption text.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Captions
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
- paragraph within the float.
- To keep your \SpecialChar LyX
--document readable, you can open and close the float box by
- left-clicking on the box label.
- A closed float box looks like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/floatQt4.png
- scale 80
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- – a gray button with a red label.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
--errors
- that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Figure Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Figure-Floats"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Lassini
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Figure floats
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
+\series bold
+Malfatti
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- was created using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Figure
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "float-insert figure"
-\end_inset
-
-).
- The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
- using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Graphics
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
-\end_inset
-
-).
- The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
- to the left or right of the image and using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "layout-paragraph"
-\end_inset
-
-).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Luciano
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 50
- width 50col%
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
+Valeriano
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
-\end_inset
-
-) and refer to it using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-).
- It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
- vague references like
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-the figure above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
- will reposition the floats in the final document, it might
- not be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Mezzadra
+\end_layout
- at all.
- For more about cross-references, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
- This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
+\end_layout
-.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Erich
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-
- is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
- You can also set the images one below the other.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Undefinable"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- are the subfigures.
+\series bold
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Undefinable"
+Paolo
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Undefinable
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Radina
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- width 45col%
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Stuffer
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus"
+Oskar
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Platypus
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 60
- width 45col%
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Tezzele
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+Margit
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Two distorted images.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Frieda
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Table floats
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Vieider
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Table floats can be inserted using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Table
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "float-insert table"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
- the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
- and that the label begins with “tab:”.
- Table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Table-float"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hilde
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- is a table float.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Table-float"
+\series bold
+Vigna
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-A table float.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+999
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+\series bold
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
+\series bold
+Winkler
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franz
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endlastfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+End
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Cells
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tables ! Cells
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Table-Cells"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+ All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
+ Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
+ But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
+ for the column in the table dialog.
+ Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
+ is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Joe
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Mary
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Ted
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+4
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d
-\end{array}\right]$
+5
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+This is longer now.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+ This is longer now.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-More Information
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Details
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
- It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
- float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
- caption.
- All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
-
-\emph on
-Floats
-\emph default
- in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
+ You can even cut and paste more than one row.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not
+ be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+ Selection with the mouse or with
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ plus the arrow keys works as usual.
+ You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
+ the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Minipages
+Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minipages
+Floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Floats"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called
- a minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-apply.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX
- have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Box
-\family default
-.
- Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
- The text is set in an italic style.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
+ have a fixed location.
+ It can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+
+\family sans
+Footnotes
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Notes
+\family default
+ are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
+ too many notes on the current page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
-\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
-\family default
- as described in section
+Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
+ Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
+ and pages without text.
+ As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
+ the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ Floats are therefore numbered.
+ Referencing is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
-
-\end_inset
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
-:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status open
+To insert a float, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float
+\family default
+.
+ A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
+ The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
+ the output.
+ After the label you can insert the caption text.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+Floats ! Captions
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
+ paragraph within the float.
+ To keep your \SpecialChar LyX
+-document readable, you can open and close the float box by
+ left-clicking on the box label.
+ A closed float box looks like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/float.png
+ scale 80
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
+ – a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
- box type.
- All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
-\emph on
-Boxes
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors
+ that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematical Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Figure Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formulas | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+Floats ! Figure floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Math
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:A-star-in"
\end_inset
+ was created using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
+ using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
-
+).
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
+ to the left or right of the image and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Settings
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Star-structure.pdf
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 50col%
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Basic Math Editing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Basics
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:A-star-in"
+
+\end_inset
+
+A star in a float.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-mode on"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
- (shortcut
+) and refer to it using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-mode"
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
).
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
- You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- menu.
-\end_layout
+ It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
+ vague references like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
- with the
-\family sans
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
+the figure above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-toolbar
-\family default
-, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
-\end_layout
+, because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will reposition the floats in the final document, it might
+ not be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
- Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
-\end_layout
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
-\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+ at all.
+ For more about cross-references, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in it.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
- paragraph, like this one:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-A=B
-\]
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
-You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
- math commands.
- For example, typing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+ This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-alpha
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
.
- Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
-\family sans
-Math
+ Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Navigating in Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Navigating
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+ is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
+ You can also set the images one below the other.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Undefinable"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
- The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- will leave a formula construct (a square root
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
-, or parentheses
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
-\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Star"
-, or a matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
-).
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Escape
-\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+ are the subfigures.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-, printed in this document as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Undefinable"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+Undefinable
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/3D-structure-distort.pdf
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
+
\end_inset
-2x+1
-\series default
- and not
-\series bold
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-2x
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-+1
-\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
-\family typewriter
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Star"
+
\end_inset
+Star
+\end_layout
-\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}
-\end{array}\right)
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Star-structure.pdf
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
\end_inset
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Selecting Text
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- and a cursor movement key to select text.
- It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
- but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponents and Subscripts
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Exponents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Two-images"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Two images.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Subscripts
+Floats ! Table floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+Table floats can be inserted using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-superscript"
+arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-subscript"
+.
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
+ the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
+ and that the label begins with “tab:”.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-), but it is often much easier to use a command.
- To get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
-\end_inset
-, type in a formula
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Table-float"
+
\end_inset
+ is a table float.
+\end_layout
-\series default
-.
- The final
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
- If you type
-\series bold
-x^2y
-\series default
-, you will get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-, to get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
-, type
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Table-float"
-y
-\series default
-.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- circumflex
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+A table float.
+\end_layout
-, you have to use an extra
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- to separate the circumflex and the character.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-x^
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Joe
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mary
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ted
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d
+\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+More Information
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Details
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
+ float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
+ caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
+
+\emph on
+Floats
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Minipages
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called
+ a minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+apply.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX
+ have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Box
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\family default
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
+ box type.
+ All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Formulas|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Math
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Basics
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode on"
+\end_inset
+
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-mode"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
+ with the
+\family sans
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+toolbar
+\family default
+, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
+ Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+\end_inset
+
+ in it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
+ paragraph, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+A=B
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ math commands.
+ For example, typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Navigating
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
+
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+2x+1
+\series default
+ and not
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+2x
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
++1
+\series default
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Exponents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Subscripts
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-superscript"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-subscript"
+\end_inset
+
+), but it is often much easier to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type in a formula
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+.
+ The final
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
+\series bold
+x^2y
+\series default
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
+
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\series default
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ circumflex
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, you have to use an extra
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ to separate the circumflex and the character.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\series default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fractions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Fractions
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Create a fraction either with the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or by using the icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\frac"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+.
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5
+\end{array}\right)}\right]
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Roots
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Roots can be created using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\root"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the commands
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+.
+ With the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ always produces a square root.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Sums
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Integrals
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
+
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
+ by entering them as you would enter a super-
+ or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
+ formulas, as in
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\end_inset
+
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
+ types.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Limits
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Type
+\family default
+ or entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-limits"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ feature, such as
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Limits
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+\end_inset
+
+ underneath the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Functions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for an explanation of function macros.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Symbols
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Symbols
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most math symbols can be found in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ under one of several categories; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Operators
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you
+ don't have to use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+; you can type the command directly into the formula.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Altering Spacing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Spaces
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides.
+ To do this, press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
+ or use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\space"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ For example, the sequence
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
+\end_inset
+
+ appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and enter space again several times.
+ With every space enter the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX
+, because they are negative
+ spaces.
+ Here are two examples:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Functions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Functions
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Functions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ contains under the button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\functions"
+\end_inset
+
+ a number of function macros, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\end_inset
+
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
+\end_inset
+
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
+ are placed, as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Accents
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Accents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands, for example, to enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
a
\series default
+ in a formula.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Accent-names-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Name
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+E
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+xample
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+grave
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+acute
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+ddot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+tilde
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+dot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+breve
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+check
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+bar
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+vector
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+vec
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
+\family sans
+Frame
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+decorations
+\family default
+ symbol set button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\hat"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ a formula too.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Brackets
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Delimiters
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX
.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+ For some purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
+\family default
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
+ toolbar delimiter icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-a_1
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+.
+ For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]
+\]
+
\end_inset
+it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
+ Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
+\end_inset
-\series default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fractions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Fractions
-\end_layout
+ and the expression on the right was entered using the
+\family typewriter
+()
+\family default
+ keys.
+
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
+\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Create a fraction either with the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-frac
-\series default
- or by using the icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\frac"
-\end_inset
+If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
+ that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
+ inside.
+\end_layout
- in the
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
\family sans
-Math
+Keep
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+matched
\family default
-.
- You will be presented with an empty fraction.
- The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX
+ code.
+ If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
\family sans
-Down
+(none)
\family default
.
- To move back up, press
+ It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX
+ with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
+ root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
+ is to go inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
\family sans
-Up
+Insert
\family default
.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5
-\end{array}\right)}\right]
-\]
+ The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
+ braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
+ For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
+ enter
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-delim ( )"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Arrays
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Matrices
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Roots
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Roots
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Roots can be created using the
+Matrices are entered in \SpecialChar LyX
+ using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
- buttons
+ matrix button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
+arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\root"
+.
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
+
\end_inset
- or the commands
-\series bold
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
-.
- With the command
-\series bold
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- always produces a square root.
-\end_layout
+.
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
+\family sans
+Horizontal
+\family default
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Operators with Limits
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Sums
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Integrals
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+r
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ proposes a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sum (
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
-) and integral (
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) operators are very often decorated with limits.
- These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
- by entering them as you would enter a super-
- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
- The sum operator will automatically place its
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
- formulas, as in
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\family sans
+lcr
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, versus
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\,column & this\,column\\
+column & has & has\,right\\
+has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment
+\end{array}.
\]
\end_inset
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
- types.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and using the menu
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Math
+\family default
+ or the math toolbar.
+\end_layout
-Limits
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cases
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Type
+Environment
\family default
- or entering
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-limits"
-\end_inset
+ or the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+cases
+\series default
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0
+\end{cases}
+\]
-moving limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- feature, such as
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Limits
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
-\]
-
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-which will place the
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- underneath the
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-lim
+=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further entry of
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
+ in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
+\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-lim
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
\series default
.
- Have a look at section
+ There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:asquared"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Functions"
+reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
- for an explanation of function macros.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Symbols
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Symbols
+Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most math symbols can be found in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- under one of several categories; including
-\family sans
-Greek
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Operators
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Relations
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Arrows
-\family default
-.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you
- don't have to use the
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-; you can type the command directly into the formula.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
-\end_layout
+Whole
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Altering Spacing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+Formula
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Spaces
-\end_layout
+.
+ The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ within parentheses.
+ The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{equation}
+1+1=2
+\end{equation}
\end_inset
+Using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- provides.
- To do this, press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Number
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or use the
-\family sans
-Math
+This
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Line
\family default
- button
+ or the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\space"
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
-.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- For example, the sequence
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
-\end_inset
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7
+\end{eqnarray}
- appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- as
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+\end_inset
+To number all lines use the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and enter space again several times.
- With every space enter the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX
-, because they are negative
- spaces.
- Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 3×
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Space
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
+) when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended that you use the suggested
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 5×
\family sans
-Space
+eq:
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Functions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Functions
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
+ label type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Functions"
-
+eq:tanhExp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
+\end{eqnarray}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Reference
\family default
- contains under the button
+ (toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\functions"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
- a number of function macros, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
-\end_inset
+).
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
+ The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
-,
-\emph on
-etc
-\emph default
-.
- (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
-\series bold
+).
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-sin
-\series default
- etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\begin_layout Standard
+The properties of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s cross-reference box are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- does normally mean
-\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
+.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
+ press
+\family sans
+Del
+\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
-
-\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Macros
+\end_layout
- is different from
-\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
- are placed, as described in section
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
+ have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ Math macros are explained in section
+\emph on
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Macros
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Accents
+Typefaces
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Accents
+Math ! Typefaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands, for example, to enter
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
- Our example is entered by typing
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-hat
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
- in a formula.
- Table
+, or enter its command, listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
+reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
- shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
+placement document
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Accent-names-and"
+name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
-Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Name
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-E
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-xample
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-hat
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-grave
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-grave
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-acute
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-umlaut
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-ddot
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-tilde
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-tilde
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-dot
+mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-breve
+mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row change="inserted 5863344 1592055455">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+\change_inserted 5863344 1592055455
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathds{DOUBLESTROKE}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-caron
+\change_inserted 5863344 1592055455
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathds
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-check
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathfrak
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
+\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-macron
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-bar
+mathcal
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row change="inserted -131811572 1591595416">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
+\change_inserted -131811572 1591595416
+
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
+\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathscr{SCRIPT}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vector
+
+\change_inserted -131811572 1591595416
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathscr
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-vec
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathsf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
-\family sans
-Frame
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-decorations
-\family default
- symbol set button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\hat"
-\end_inset
-
- in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
- a formula too.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Brackets and Delimiters
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Brackets
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\change_inserted 5863344 1592055666
+, Double stroke
+\change_deleted -131811572 1591595671
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Delimiters
+\family default
+
+\change_inserted -131811572 1591595667
+,
+\family sans
+Script
+\family default
+
+\change_unchanged
+and
+\family sans
+Calligraphic
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- For some purposes, using just the keys
-\family typewriter
-[]{}()|<>
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
\family default
- should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
- toolbar delimiter icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]
-\]
-
+ within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
+ space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here is an example where
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
- Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
+N
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and the expression on the right was entered using the
-\family typewriter
-()
+ in
+\family sans
+Blackboard
\family default
- keys.
-
+ denotes the set of numbers:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
- that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
- inside.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
- If you use the option
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can, for example, put a character in
\family sans
-Keep
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-matched
+Fraktur
\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
- The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX
- code.
- If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
+ in a box for
\family sans
-(none)
+Typewriter
\family default
-.
- It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX
- with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
- root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
- is to go inside the brackets.
- Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
-.
- The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
- braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
- For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
- enter
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-delim ( )"
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Arrays
-\end_layout
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Matrices
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Style
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Math ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Matrices are entered in \SpecialChar LyX
- using the
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
+\family sans
+Normal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+mode
+\family default
+ of the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
- matrix button
+ button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
.
- It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9
-\end{array}\right)
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
+-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
+\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Sizes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Font sizes
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+scriptscriptstyle
+\family default
.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
- This alignment is set in the box
+ For most characters,
\family sans
-Horizontal
+textstyle
\family default
- with the letters
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ and
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ thinks are appropriate.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset
+.
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+, which is normally in
\family sans
-l
+textstyle
\family default
+, larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
+ is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
-r
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, and
+Style
+\family default
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As an example here is a formula in the font size
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-c
-\family default
-
+largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- proposes a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+:
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-c
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family roman
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
- for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-lcr
-\family default
+\begin_layout Section
+AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+AMS math
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
- The result will look like this:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-this & this\,column & this\,column\\
-column & has & has\,right\\
-has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment
-\end{array}.
-\]
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! AMS
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS)
+ that are in common use.
+\end_layout
- while the cursor is in the matrix.
- Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- or the math toolbar.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
- It can be created with the menu
+You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
+ the document by
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600338725
+ setting
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cases
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Environment
+Load always
\family default
- or the command
+ for
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-cases
+amsmath
\series default
-.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
--1 & x<0\\
-0 & x=0\\
-1 & x>0
-\end{cases}
-\]
-
+ and
+\series bold
+amssymb
+\series default
+ packages
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600338685
+selecting the checkbox
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
- When you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+package
+\change_unchanged
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
- A new row is created by every further entry of
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Options
+\family default
.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
-a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
-\end{eqnarray}
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
-Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
- in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray*}
-\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
-\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
+AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides a selection of different formula types.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to choose between
\family typewriter
-\series medium
-eqnarray
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
\family default
-\series default
.
- There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:asquared"
-
-\end_inset
+ We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "AMS"
+literal "true"
-.
- The other types are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+, for an explanation of these formula types.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Formula Numbering and Referencing
+Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Formula numbering
+Cross references
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+One of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s strengths is cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
+ We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+name "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
+Second item
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Number
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Whole
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Formula
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
\family default
- or the shortcut
+ or by pressing the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
.
- The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- within parentheses.
- The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
- In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
- separated by a dot:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{equation}
-1+1=2
-\end{equation}
+ A gray label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/label.png
\end_inset
-Using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
- You can only number displayed formulas.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Number
-\begin_inset space ~
+enu:Second-item
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-This
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+ The prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Line
+
+\family sans
+enu:
\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-line-toggle"
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\\
-2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
-4 & \leq & 7
-\end{eqnarray}
+ stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-To number all lines use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+.
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
+ example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
+ will be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+sec:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
- A label is inserted with the menu
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Label
+Cross-Reference
\family default
- (toolbar button
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
-) when the cursor is in the formula.
- This opens a dialog to enter the label.
- It is recommended that you use the suggested
+.
+ A gray cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/reference.png
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
+ in the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-eq:
+enu:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
- label type when you have many labels in your document.
- We inserted in the following example the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As an alternative to
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
+\family sans
+Copy as Reference
+\family default
+.
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
+ to the actual cursor position via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paste
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
-eq:tanhExp
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is our cross-reference: Item
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in the second line:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
- & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
-\end{eqnarray}
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
-Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
- Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
- You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cross
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Reference
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
+
\end_inset
-).
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
- The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
+ line breaks between them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a cross-reference to equation (
+There are eight formats of cross-references:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+reference "fig:Two-images"
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The properties of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s cross-reference box are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
+ normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ is omitted:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
\end_inset
-.
- To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
- press
-\family sans
-Del
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-User defined math macros
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Macros
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand pageref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
- have equations of the same form in a document several times.
- Math macros are explained in section
-\emph on
-Math
+\begin_layout Description
+on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Macros
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
-\end_layout
+<page>: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-
+If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
+ is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
+ if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
+ the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
+ it prints “on the next page”.
+ The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
-\family sans
-Math
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\font"
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, or enter its command, listed in table
+page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+<page>: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
+LatexCommand vref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
\end_inset
-, directly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
+If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
+\family sans
+\series bold
+<reference>
+\family default
+\series default
+; otherwise it behaves like
+\family sans
+\series bold
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
+<page>
+\family default
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-
+ installed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package should be used for this feature by setting
+ the option
+\family sans
+Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
+\family default
+ in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Document Class
+\family default
+.
+ The package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ is the default and preferred because
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ supports only English documents.
+ The format is specified by using the command
\series bold
\backslash
-mathrm
-\end_layout
+newref\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+format
+\series default
+ (prettyref) or
+\series bold
+\backslash
+newref
+\series default
+ (refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble of the document.
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
+ shortcut
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+fig
+\family default
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+) can be done for
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ with this command:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-mathbf
-\end_layout
+newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
+\backslash
+pageref{#1}}}
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+Note that neither
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ nor
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+predefines reference formats for all available types.
+ This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem'
+ environments.
+ So if you want to make formatted references to, say, Propositions, then
+ you will need to define the relevant format yourself.
+ For
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+, you might do so as follows:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+format{prop}{Proposition
+\backslash
+ref{#1}}
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more information about defining formatted references, have a look at
+ the package documentation
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "prettyref,refstyle"
+literal "true"
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathit
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+The options
+\family sans
+Plural
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Capitalized
+\family default
+ will be available with formatted references only if you are using the
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ package.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Textual
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand nameref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Label
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+only: prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ label for the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand labelonly
+reference "fig:Two-images"
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathtt
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+This allows for customization, using \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code, if you want to issue a command
+ that \SpecialChar LyX
+ does not support.
+ If you are using
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+, then you may want to use the
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Prefix
+\family default
+ option, which will output only the part of the reference following the
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ separator.
+ This is the form needed for e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+'s range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document
+ part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
+ce.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-mathbb
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
+\family sans
+<reference>
+\family default
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ is always possible.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
+ for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
+ it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
+ The entry
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathfrak
-\end_layout
+Label
+\family default
+ sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+\change_inserted -584632292 1599757593
+(Ctrl-clicking on a cross-reference will also take you to its corresponding
+ label.)
+\change_unchanged
+ This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Back
+\family default
+ so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ You can also go back with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph on
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -584632292 1599757706
+ or, using the menu: Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Navigate Back
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change labels at any time.
+ References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
+ do not need to
+\change_deleted -584632292 1599757720
+think about this
+\change_inserted -584632292 1599757724
+change them all manually
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
+ “BROKEN”
+ in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead
+ of the reference.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+References are described in detail in the section
+\emph on
+Referencing Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathcal
+Table of contents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating ! Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-mathsf
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:toc"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table of Contents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+ It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the
\family sans
-Blackboard
+Outline
\family default
- and
+ window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
+ to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
+ So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
-Calligraphic
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Outline
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Pane
\family default
+ that is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
- Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
- space when you need a space in the box.
- Here is an example where
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-N
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in
-\family sans
-Blackboard
-\family default
- denotes the set of numbers:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N}
-\]
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can, for example, put a character in
-\family sans
-Fraktur
-\family default
- in a box for
+Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table
+ of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
\family sans
-Typewriter
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
-\end_inset
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+\end_layout
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-So it is better not to use this feature.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+URLs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-You can only print them emboldened using the command
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hyperlinks
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
+URLs
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:URLs"
+
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+URL
\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Text
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX
+'s homepage:
+\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Text
+
+https://www.lyx.org
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
-\family sans
-Normal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-mode
+You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
+ in the style
+\family typewriter
+Typewriter
\family default
- of the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+ To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
+ subsection.
+\end_layout
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\font"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-.
- Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- in black instead of blue.
- You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
-x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
--x & \mbox{under Umständen}
-\end{cases}
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ errors.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Sizes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Font sizes
-\end_layout
+Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
- These are called
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-scriptstyle
-\family default
-, and
+Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
-scriptscriptstyle
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Hyperlink
\family default
+ or with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "href-insert"
+\end_inset
+
.
- For most characters,
+ The appearing dialog has two fields:
\family sans
-textstyle
+Target
\family default
and
\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
-\family sans
-displaystyle
+Name
\family default
.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
- thinks are appropriate.
- These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\style"
+ The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
+ The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "https://www.lyx.org"
+literal "false"
+
\end_inset
-.
- A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+, an Email address like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "lyx-docs mailing list"
+target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
+type "mailto:"
+literal "false"
+
\end_inset
-, which is normally in
+, or a link to a file.
+ The option
\family sans
-textstyle
+Literal
\family default
-, larger in
+ in the hyperlink settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
+ code to the
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Name
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The four styles are used in the following example:
+ field.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
+ adding the prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
-\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+run:
+\family default
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ to the link target.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
- is set in a particular size with the menu
+Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
+ and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
+ To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
+ the text style dialog.
+ This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-Style
-\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
- As an example here is a formula in the font size
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "https://www.lyx.org"
+literal "false"
-largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\family sans
+Color links
+\family default
+ is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+).
+ The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
+ option
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\size largest
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
+
+\series bold
+urlcolor=blue
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+to the field
+\family sans
+Additional options
+\family default
+ in the PDF Properties dialog.
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588303457
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588303474
+Counters
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS math
+Counters
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Counters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS)
- that are in common use.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139
+One powerful feature of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is its ability to manage counters.
+ Mostly, this is handled automatically, but there are times one wants to
+ modify counters directly.
+ This can be done in LyX using the counter inset, which is accessible from
+ the Edit menu.
+ This allows one to set a counter's value; to reset it (to zero);
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
- the document by selecting the checkbox
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -584632292 1602541231
+Note that the section counter, e.g., starts with its value at zero and then
+ is incremented to one when the first section is created.
+ So, if you want the next section to be section five, say, then you need
+ to set the section counter to four.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-package
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
+ to add to the value (or subtract from it, since the value added can be
+ negative); to save it; to restore the saved value; and to print the value.
+ These effects can also be limited to LyX itself.
+ And they will appear in HTML and DocBook output, as well as in LaTeX.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529162
+There are five commands you can use:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-Options
-\family default
-.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
--errors in formulas,
- ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529167
+Set counter: Allows you to assign a specific value to a counter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529177
+Increase counter: Allows you to add some specified amount to a counter (or
+ to subtract, if you choose a negative number)
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529180
+Reset to zero: Sets the value of the counter to 0.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529184
+Save value of counter: Saves the value of the counter so that it can later
+ be restored.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529187
+Restore value of counter: Restores the previously saved value.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- provides a selection of different formula types.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- allows you to choose between
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-multline
-\family default
-.
- We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "AMS"
-\end_inset
-
-, for an explanation of these formula types.
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588374230
+The dialog allows you to choose which counter you wish to modify from all
+ those that are available in the current document class.
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Chapter
-More Tools
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Cross-References
+Appendices
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cross references
+Appendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Cross-References"
+name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-One of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s strengths is cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
- We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First item
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "enu:Second-item"
+Appendices are created with the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Start
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Second item
+Here
+\family default
+.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as the appendix part of the book.
+ This part is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Third item
+\begin_layout Standard
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- or by pressing the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
+Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- A gray label box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/labelQt4.png
- scale 85
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
- is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+; Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family sans
-enu:Second-item
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Export"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-enu:
-\family default
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
- example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
- will be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Bibliography"
+
\end_inset
-\family sans
-sec:
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX
+ document.
+ You can include a bibliography database, which is explained in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, or you can insert the bibliography manually, using the paragraph environment
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Bibliography
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+, which is described in the following section (but see also sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- A gray cross-reference box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
- scale 85
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
- in the document.
- We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+).
+ If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
+ this document, such as author-year citations, and if you have more than
+ a handful of references, then you should seriously consider
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+using a bibliography database.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches, we
+ use two bibliographies in this document, a
\family sans
-enu:Second-item
+Bibliography
\family default
+ environment and a database-generated bibliography.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ In other words, the database approach relieves you, amongst other things,
+ from the burden to check which entries you have actually cited.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Bibliography Environment
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As an alternative to
+Within the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Bibliography
\family default
-, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
\family sans
-Copy as Reference
+Key
\family default
-.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
- to the actual cursor position via the menu
+ and a
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paste
+Label
\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paste"
-\end_inset
+.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ Each entry needs to be given a unique key, which is one word consisting
+ of ASCII characters only.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-).
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ASCII means
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "this set"
+target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set"
+literal "false"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is our cross-reference: Item
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+ of characters:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "enu:Second-item"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to use a protected space
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and
+ we used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, a short form of its title, as the key.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
- line breaks between them.
+If you set a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ for the entry, references to it will appear with this label instead of
+ the number of the entry.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Literal
+\family default
+ in the bibliography items settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
+ code to the
+
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ field.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are six formats of cross-references:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
+You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Citation
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
-
+.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ containing the available citations.
+ Select one or more keys from the list and
+\family sans
+Add
+\family default
+ them.
+ Then press
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
+ If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
+ the reference.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
- normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+\begin_layout Standard
+Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the
+ bibliography entry with surrounding brackets.
+ Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Equation
+Credits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is omitted:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at the
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+The \SpecialChar LyX
+-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
+literal "true"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also produce author-year or author-number citations, using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+ package
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! natbib
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+ In order to do so,
+\change_deleted -712698321 1555659455
+the label needs to be given the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
+Author(Year)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
- is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
- if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
- the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
- it prints “on the next page”.
- The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
-\end_layout
+Author A and Author B(Year)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>
+
+\emph on
+without
+\emph default
+ a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits
+ the year.
+ Then, if you
+\change_unchanged
+select
+\family sans
+Natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
+(BibTeX)
+\family default
+ in the document settings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-page
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Bibliography\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
+format
+\family default
+ (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Citation-Format"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
+)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555660530
+.
+ Once you have done that, the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ dialog has three input fields instead of the
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ field:
+\family sans
+ Author Names
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Year
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+All Author Names
+\family default
+.
+ The first one takes the Author list as it should be displayed in the citation
+ reference, the second the year (without parentheses).
+ These two are madatory.
+ If there are multiple authors and you want to both refer to them as a full
+ list (
+\emph on
+Baker, Jones, and Williams
+\emph default
+) and in abrreviated form (
+\emph on
+Baker et al.
+\emph default
+)
+\change_unchanged
+,
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555660544
+ add the abbreviated form to
+\family sans
+Author Names
+\family default
+ and the full list to the optional
+\family sans
+All Author Names
+\family default
+ field.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555659886
+If specified like this,
+\change_unchanged
+you can select between different author-year or author-number styles
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555660646
+ in the
\family sans
-\series bold
-<reference>
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Citation
\family default
-\series default
-; otherwise it behaves like
+ dialog, and if
\family sans
-\series bold
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
+All Author Names
+\family default
+ is specified, toggling
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
+All authors
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-<page>
-\family default
-\series default
+ in the citation dialog or the citation context menu will switch between
+ full and abbreviated list
+\change_unchanged
.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555660793
+ Note that the author and year specified in the dialog are only used for
+ the citation references.
+ In the bibliography entry, author and year must be added manually.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Formatted
+\begin_layout Standard
+To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
+ label via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
+Settings
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography databases
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! prettyref
+Bibliography ! Databases
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! refstyle
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
- installed.
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different
+ documents.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
+ them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
+ and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package should be used for this feature by setting
- the option
-\family sans
-Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
-\family default
- in the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document Class
-\family default
-.
- The package
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
- is the default and preferred because
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- supports only English documents.
- The format is specified by using the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-newrefformat
-\series default
- (prettyref) or
-\series bold
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
+ the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
+ list for that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
+ you have cited.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-newref
-\series default
- (refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble of the document.
- For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
- shortcut
+\begin_layout Standard
+The database is a text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-fig
+.bib
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) can be done with this command
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX-2"
+literal "true"
+
\end_inset
+ and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ books (
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+literal "true"
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
-\backslash
-pageref{#1}}}
-\series default
+).
+ The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
+ special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Wiki at
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
-,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "prettyref,refstyle"
+https://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Textual
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports two different approaches to use bibliography databases in a document.
+ Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases
+ for a long time.
+ It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing
+ styles available.
+ But it has its drawbacks, especially when it comes to more complex bibliographi
+c needs and support for specific languages and scripts.
+ Those are addressed by
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
-reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand nameref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+.
+ It reads the same database format than Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ (although it has been significantly
+ extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+'s scope)
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Meaning: While
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+ can handle any classic Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ database, Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ might conversely fail to correctly
+ handle databases that use specific
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+ features.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+, but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references
+ from it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
- is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- The varieties are adjusted in the field
+To select if Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ should be used, set in the document settings (menu
\family sans
-Format
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
-ce.
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can only use the style
+\end_inset
+
+ under
\family sans
-<reference>
+Bibliography
\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+ the
\family sans
-<page>
+Style
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+format
\family default
- is always possible.
+ to a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or a
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ format.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
- for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
- it.
- Referencing formulas is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
- The entry
+To access a database via Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+, use the menu
\family sans
-Go
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bib(la)TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select
+ a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-Label
+\family sans
+ style
\family default
- sets the cursor before the referenced label.
- This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+ file.
+ The option
\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Add bibliography to TOC
+\family default
+ adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Content
+\family default
+ drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
+ in the document or just the cited references.
-Back
+\change_inserted -712698321 1530969762
+ The
+\family sans
+Encoding
\family default
- so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
- You can also go back with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "bookmark-goto 0"
-\end_inset
+ drop box lets you specify the encoding of the database(s), should this
+ differ from the encoding of the document.
+\change_unchanged
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change labels at any time.
- References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to think about this.
-\end_layout
+The Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
- “BROKEN”
- in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead
- of the reference.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-References are described in detail in the section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family sans
+.bst
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
+ Your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
+ provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
+ layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
+ for experts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For information on how this is done, have a look at
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Referencing Floats
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+ In this document we used the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ style
+\family sans
+alphadin.bst
+\family default
+, which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards
+ Institute (DIN).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Biblatex
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Table of contents
+Bibliography ! Biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outline
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:toc"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Accessing a database via
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ is almost identical to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+: Use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bib(la)TeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ In contrary to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ you cannot select a
+\family sans
+style
+\family default
+ file
+\change_inserted -712698321 1531045799
+ at this place
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ The other dialog options are the same as with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1531045867
+ As for the styles, note the following.
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table of Contents
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ has two different style files: a bibliography style file (text file with
+ the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+.bbx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style
+ file (text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Contents
-\family default
-.
- It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
- as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the
+
\family sans
-Outline
+.cbx
\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
- to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
- So this operation is an alternative to the menu
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) controls the look of the citation references in the text.
+ Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching
+ styles.
+ It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography
+ style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ styles are not set in the
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Outline
+Bib(la)TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Pane
+Bibliography
\family default
- that is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ dialog, but in the document settings.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
+\end_inset
+
+ However, in the dialog in the
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ field, which is only visible if you use
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+, you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for
+ example how its heading will appear).
+ These options are described in detail in the
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ manual,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Biblatex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
- in section
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
- Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Bibliography Processors
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses a bibliography processor,
+ that is an external program that reads the database, sorts the citations
+ and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document.
+ The classic program is called Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread, but the disadvantag
+e that it has severe limitations, due to its age.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Meanwhile, some alternatives have been developed that address some of these
+ limitations.
+ LyX natively supports some of them and lets you select a custom processor.
+ You can do this on a general level in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ or for individual documents in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ The following variants are available by default:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+biber a specific, modern processor
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biber
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+ developed exclusively for
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ (it does not work with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+!).
+
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+ provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory and many specific features
+
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ makes use of; if you use the
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ approach, it is strongly recommended to use
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
+ that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
+ with all bibliography packages, although it will probably fail with
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ bibliographies due to the limited memory.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding
+ (but no Unicode support), larger memory than
+\family sans
+bibtex
+\family default
+, works with all bibliography packages, although more complex
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ bibliographies will exceed its limits, and not all
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ features are supported.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default (with the
+\family sans
+Processor
+\family default
+ set in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ and with
+\family sans
+Automatic
+\family default
+ as setting for the
+\family sans
+Processor
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+), \SpecialChar LyX
+ selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography
+ approach (
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+ for
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+,
+\family sans
+bibtex
+\family default
+ for Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+-based bibliography styles).
+ This should suit most needs.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In Japanese documents, a specific processor is used.
+ By default this is pBib\SpecialChar TeX
+ (in \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\family sans
+pbibtex
+\family default
+), a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ variant specifically aimed at Japanese.
+ You can adjust it in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you
+ can add below the selection.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
+ of Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX,biber"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table
- of contents.
- You can insert them via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/TOC
-\family default
- submenus.
- The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Customizing
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs and Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple
+ bibliographies.
+ These are explained in detail in section
+\emph on
+Customizing Bibliographies
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or Biblatex
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598273348
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-URLs
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Citation Format
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyperlinks
+Bibliography ! Citation format
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-URLs
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:URLs"
+name "subsec:Citation-Format"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-URL
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+Many different citation formats are common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX
-'s homepage:
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+numerical citation (as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-http://www.lyx.org
-\end_layout
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ like in this document), alpha-numerical citations (as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Mil08
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+) or author-year citations (as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Miller (2008a)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style
+ files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
- in the style
-\family typewriter
-Typewriter
+By default a simple numeric citation style is used.
+ In
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
\family default
-.
- To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
- subsection.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
- errors.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Hyperlinks"
-
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
+ you have a range of other options, depending on your preferred bibliography
+ approach.
+ With the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Hyperlink
+Bibliography
\family default
- or with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "href-insert"
+ environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography
+ labels, is there to use
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- The appearing dialog has two fields:
-\family sans
-Target
+(BibTeX)
\family default
- and
+\series bold
+
+\series default
+as
\family sans
-Name
-\family default
-.
- The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
-
+Style
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, an Email address like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "lyx-docs mailing list"
-target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
-type "mailto:"
+format
+\family default
+ which gives you author-year and author-numerical citations (see above
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
\end_inset
-, or a link to a file.
+ for details).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
- adding the prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+With a bibliography database (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+\end_inset
+) one has in contrary to the
\family sans
-run:
+Bibliography
\family default
+ environment full access to the formatting styles.
+ These style formats are available:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Description
+Basic
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- to the link target.
+(BibTeX) the default Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+-based approached without any additional packages
+ (simple numeric citations).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
- and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
- To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
- the text style dialog.
- This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
-\family sans
+\begin_layout Description
+Biblatex loads the package
\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\end_inset
+
+ and lets you select a style in the dropdown boxes
\family sans
-Color links
+Biblatex citation style
\family default
- is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+ and
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF Properties
+Biblatex bibliography style
\family default
-).
- The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
- option
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
+ below.
+ Options to the package
\series bold
-urlcolor=blue
+biblatex
\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-to the field
+ can be entered in the
\family sans
-Additional options
+Options
\family default
- in the PDF Properties dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Appendices
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Appendix
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Appendices"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ field.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendices are created with the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Start
+\begin_layout Description
+Biblatex
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Appendix
+(natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Here
+mode) loads the package
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ with the natbib compatibility mode.
+ This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that
+ uses
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+ or want to emulate
+\family sans
+the
\family default
-.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as the appendix part of the book.
- This part is marked with a red borderline.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
- numbered with a capital Latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
- All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
- here two examples:
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+ behavior very closely.
+ Compared to normal
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ this option has some additional styles.
+ All
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ styles are also supported by this variant.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendix
+\begin_layout Description
+Jurabib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(BibTeX) loads the package
+\series bold
+jurabib
+\series default
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Credits"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! jurabib
+\end_layout
-; Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+ which provides author-year styles particularly suited for law studies.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Export"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Natbib
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(BibTeX) loads the package
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Bibliography"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ which provides citation styles particularly suited for the humanities.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX
--document.
- You can include a bibliography database,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+The
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+ style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical
+ citation styles.
+ You have to select one style in the dropdown box
+\family sans
+Variant
+\family default
+.
+ Note that for the
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ formats, this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ workarea.
+ Whether the output uses numerical, author-year or another format such as
+ alpha-numerical depends only on the selected
+\family sans
+Biblatex citation style
+\family default
+.
+ However, when switching between Author-year and Author-number, a suitable
+ style is proposed.
+ With
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+, on the other hand, the dialog selection will ultimately determine the
+ style.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Known under the name
+\begin_layout Standard
+For any author-year and author-numerical selection, multiple style variants
+ are available in the
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase
+ a name prefix such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- database
+van Beethoven
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ (to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Van Beethoven
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
- manually, using the paragraph environment
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-, which was described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+) or to expand or reduce the number of displayed others (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
+use or don't use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+et al.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
- this document, like author-year citations, then you must
-\emph on
+).
-\emph default
-use a bibliography database.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Bibliography Environment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Within the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
-\family sans
-Key
-\family default
- and a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
-.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
- and
- we used
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation
+ reference, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-latexcompanion
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-, a short form of its title, as the key.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Citation
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
+page numbers, which will then be formatted according to the style's needs
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- containing the available citations.
- Select one or more keys from the list and
-\family sans
-Add
-\family default
- them.
- Then press
-\family sans
-OK
-\family default
-.
- The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
- If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
- the reference.
-\end_layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
- entry with surrounding brackets.
- If you set a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
- for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
+with or without
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Credits
+pp.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
-\end_layout
+).
+ The option
+\family sans
+Literal
+\family default
+ in the citation dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
+ code to the fields
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at the
+before
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- Companion Second Edition
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+after
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+.
+ Here is a simple example where the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Chapter
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+3
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ appears after the reference:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LyX
--Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_layout Quote
+Have a look at
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
+after "Chapter 3"
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
- label via the menu
+All styles except for
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
+Basic (BibTeX)
+\family default
+ also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Settings
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "layout-paragraph"
+cf.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
- All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
+ This text is then also included in the parentheses, if the style requires
+ this.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Databases
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that these pre- and postnotes apply to the whole citation.
+ So if you refer to multiple references at once, the prenote will precede
+ the first citation in the list, the postnote will follow the last.
+ Some
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a
+ multi-citation (so-called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+qualified citation lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supports this.
+ If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple
+ items the
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+ dialog will display three columns in the field
+\family sans
+Selected Citations
+\family default
+:
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+before
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cite
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+key
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+after
+\family default
+.
+ If you double-click on an item's
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+before
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+after
+\family default
+ field, you can add such individual pre- and postnotes.
+ In the
+\family sans
+General text before
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+General text after
+\family default
+ fields you can add pre- and postnotes that apply to the whole list.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509964
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+name "subsec:Opening-cited-documents"
\end_inset
+Opening cited documents from within \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
- documents.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
- them.
- Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
- and reviews along with bibliographical information.
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509000
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports opening documents selected citations point to via the
+\family sans
+Try
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
- the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
- list for that document.
- This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
- you have cited.
-\end_layout
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The database is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Citation
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Content\SpecialChar ldots
-\family sans
-.bib
\family default
+ context menu if specific conditions are met:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-, containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX-2"
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598526971
+If citation entries include any of the fields
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- books (
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+url
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
- The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
- special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
- A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX
- Wiki at
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+ or
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+doi
+\change_unchanged
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use a database, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List
-\family default
-/
-\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
-BibTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
- In this window you can add one or more databases and select a
-\family sans
-style
-\family default
- file.
- The option
-\family sans
-Add bibliography to TOC
-\family default
- adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
- In the
-\family sans
-Content
-\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
- in the document or just the cited references.
-\end_layout
+ for BibTeX and BibLaTeX,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The style file is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+eprint
+\change_unchanged
-\family sans
-.bst
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
- Your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
- provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
- layout.
- It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
- for experts.
-\begin_inset Foot
+ for BibLaTeX (covering arXiv, JSTOR, PubMed, HDL, Google Books
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information on how this is done, have a look at
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+eprinttype
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+), the action will launch a web browser with the appropriate link.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509157
+If citation entries include any of the fields
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+file
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX
- uses the program Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-.
- You can choose which of its variants should be used by \SpecialChar LyX
- as the
-\family sans
-Processor
-\family default
- either in
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Bibliography
-\family default
- or in
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX
-\family default
-.
- The following variants are possible:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, but does not work
- with other bibliography packages (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
+ (filled by JabRef) or
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-natbib
-\series default
-), only with the package
-\series bold
-biblatex
-\series default
-; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
- letters
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Description
-bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
- that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
- with all bibliography packages, except
-\series bold
-biblatex
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+localfile
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Description
-bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding,
- larger memory than
-\family sans
-bibtex
-\family default
-, works with all bibliography packages
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
- of the variants.
- Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
- of
-\family sans
-Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX"
-
\end_inset
-.
+ (filled by KBibTeX) containing an URL that points to a file on your local
+ drive, the action will launch an appropriate file viewer.
+ At the moment only absolute paths are accepted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you select the option
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494
+In addition to that, \SpecialChar LyX
+ also searches your disk for matching files if you
+ enable
\family sans
-Sectioned bibliography
+Search drive for cited files
\family default
- in the
+ in
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Bibliography
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar ldots
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Control
\family default
- dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
- This and other options are explained in detail in section
-\emph on
-Customizing Bibliographies
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
- the two methods of creating them.
- As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
- only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
- We used the style file
+.
+ It uses the tokens supplied at
\family sans
-alphadin.bst
+Pattern
\family default
- to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Layout
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+ in the same preferences section (by default: year and authors).
+ Any of the tokens in the pattern must occur in the title of the file (at
+ arbitrary position).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ opens the first matching file it finds.
+ This might or might not be the file you are looking for; the more systematic
+ your file naming is, and the less ambiguous keywords you use, the greater
+ the chance this works for you.
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
- For this feature you need to enable the option
-\family sans
-Natbib
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598527586
+The pattern syntax uses specific keywords.
+ These are basically Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ fields (such as
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598527586
+title
+\change_unchanged
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
- For the global citation format use the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- style files as explained in
- the previous section.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
- the citation reference window.
- Here is an example where the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+) embraced in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- appears after the reference:
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509565
+%
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "Chapter 3"
-key "latexcompanion"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+, but there are also special keys, which are documented in the Customization
+ manual, sec.
+
+\emph on
+Cite format description
+\emph default
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
See the next subsection for an example.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
- program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- would for example print the index entry for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package aeguill in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Document-Font"
-
-\end_inset
-
- after the index entries of the other \SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages although all these index
- commands start with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages !
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
- To fix this
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-OrgIndex
-\backslash
-index
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand*{
-\backslash
-index}[1]{
-\backslash
-OrgIndex{#1}}
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
-to generate the index, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+to generate the index, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LatexCommand cite
after "p. 678 ff."
key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex,xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
+key "makeindex-man,xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! splitidx
+ packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
list in
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/TOC
+List/Contents/References
\family default
and the
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Subindex.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+Subindex
+\family default
+.
If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading
is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can
thus be nested to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The option
+\family sans
+Literal
+\family default
+ allows to use \SpecialChar TeX
+ code in the name of the index.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Nomenclature/Glossary
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! nomencl
+ packages ! nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- You have to enter valid \SpecialChar LaTeX
--code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+ To use \SpecialChar TeX
+ code for nomenclature entries the option
+\family sans
+Literal
+\family default
+ in the nomenclature dialog has to be used.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Symbol
\family default
field as \SpecialChar LaTeX
--formulas.
+ formulas.
For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
(A short introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--syntax is given in section
+ syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To customize the appearance of all symbols add e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+the command
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomlabel}[1]{
+\backslash
+textsf{
+\backslash
+textbf{#1}}}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+to the LaTeX preamble in the document settings.
+ This command will make the font of all symbols
+\series bold
+bold
+\series default
+ and
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
If the characters |
\begin_inset space \space{}
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
- a quote character in front of them.
+should appear in nomenclature entries containing \SpecialChar TeX
+ code they need to be escaped
+ by adding a quote character in front of them.
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
-description "The quote sign is output by writing ‘ \"\"\"\" '"
+description "The quote sign in TeX code is output by writing ' \"\" '."
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "a"
description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
+literal "false"
\end_inset
prefix "sigma"
symbol "$\\sigma$"
description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Nomenclature-Options"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- are automatically translated for some document languages.
- If not, add these lines to your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble:
+ are automatically translated for most document languages.
+ If not, add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX
+ code:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+renewcommand*{
\backslash
-eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
+eqdeclaration}[1]{
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+
+\backslash
+unskip, see equation
\backslash
nobreakspace(#1)}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+renewcommand*{
\backslash
-pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
+pagedeclaration}[1]{
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+
+\backslash
+unskip, page
\backslash
nobreakspace{}#1}
-\series default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the numbers should be hyperlinks, assure that you use
+\family sans
+Hyperref
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Support
+\family default
+ in the document settings under
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Properties
+\family default
+ and use instead:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+eqdeclaration}[1]{
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-and replace
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-see equation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\backslash
+unskip, see
+\backslash
+hyperlink{equation.#1}{equation
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}(#1)}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-page
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+pagedeclaration}[1]{
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- by their translation.
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+unskip,
+\backslash
+hyperlink{page.#1}{page
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
To print the nomenclature, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Lists/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
Nomenclature
\family default
.
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+AtBeginDocument{
+\backslash
+addto
+\backslash
+captionsenglish{
+\backslash
+def
+\backslash
+nomname{List of Symbols}}}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you are using another document language than English, replace
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
\backslash
-nomname}{List of Symbols}
+captionsenglish
+\series default
+ by
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+extras***
+\series default
+, where *** is the name of the language used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl,makeindex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
+inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
+
+\series bold
+Question:
+\series default
+ Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 0
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+
+\series bold
+Answer:
+\series default
+ Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
if both branches were active.
This helps you to export different versions of your document easily.
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+There are also inverted branch insets, whose content is output just in case
+ the branch is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ activated.
+ This make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document.
+ To control whether a particular inset is inverted, right-click on the inset
+ button and choose
+\family sans
+Invert
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Inset
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 1
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+No answer:
+\series default
+ Because the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Answer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ branch is deactivated.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
+inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 0
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Customization
\emph default
manual, section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! hyperref
+ packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced
part of the document.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
Code.
Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX
text.
- For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
- using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The LyX way would be to use a framed box.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and are therefore using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command
\series bold
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ERT.png
- scale 89
+ scale 95
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Catalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! caption
+ packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "caption"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
+\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
+\emph on
Custom Header/Footerlines
+\emph default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-styles:
+environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Standard
for the different positions in the header/footer.
+ These environments can be selected in the environment pull-down box.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
placement h
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
footnotes).
Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
- the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
+ the chapter, company logo but you can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To define your header line, add all three header styles.
- The things you add to the styles appear on odd numbered pages, the things
- in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
+To define your header line, add all three header environments.
+ The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages, the
+ things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
can be omitted.
- If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
+ If you leave a header environment or its argument empty, nothing appears
+ in the output.
Defining the footer line works similarly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
Some pages are different.
- The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
- a new part or chapter in your book.
+ The title page has a header/footer environment of its own, and so does
+ any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book.
Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
\begin_layout Standard
where thickness is a size in standard units like
\family sans
+\emph on
pt
\family default
+\emph default
or
\family sans
+\emph on
mm
\family default
+\emph default
.
If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\begin_layout Standard
The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
- If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
+ If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
- this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
- However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
- text line.
+ this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition.
+ However, the default height of the header/footer is only the height of
+ one text line.
To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX
length
\series bold
\backslash
footheight
\series default
- in this entry in
+ with this entry in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Lat
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-where height is a size in standard units.
- If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
- your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
+where
+\series bold
+height
+\series default
+ is a size in standard units (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+1cm
+\series default
+).
+ If you don't know how much space is needed for the height, define your
+ header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX
logfile with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX Log
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Log
\family default
and use the button
\family sans
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! fancyhdr
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "fancyhdr"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! preview-latex
+ packages ! preview-latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}$
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
+target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/
+https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/
\end_layout
\end_inset
should use for spell checking.
Depending on your platform,
\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
or
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
+target "https://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-th_en_EN_v2.idx
+th_en_US_v2.idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-th_en_EN_v2.dat
+th_en_US_v2.dat
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you want to install new\SpecialChar breakableslash
further thesaurus dictionaries, you can downloaded
them from here:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxsvn/dictionaries/trunk/thes/
+https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1577206802
To show the changes made in the output you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\series bold
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! dvipost
+ packages ! dvipost
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
to use them:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese"
+key "Arabic,Armenian,Cyrillic,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353209
+ Furthermore, templates can provide text structures and fragments for recurring
+ writing tasks.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Click there on a file to open it.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352812
+Open Example
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352848
+This menu entry gives you quick access to all \SpecialChar LyX
+ example files.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Close
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352868
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352875
+Save As Template
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352904
+Saves the document in the appropriate templates directory for later use
+ as a template.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
+DVI DVI-format that also allows the usage of special characters or spaces
in files paths or file names
\end_layout
's internal XHTML engine
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+MS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Word
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Office
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+XML Office Open XML file, to be opened with
+\family sans
+Microsoft Word
+\family default
+.
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
\family typewriter
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
+OpenDocument
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Pandoc) OpenDocument file, to be opened with
\family sans
LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
\family default
-, etc.
- (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
- all cases)
+, etc..
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(tex4ht) OpenDocument file.
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+tex4ht
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+tex4ht
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PostScript format using the program
\family typewriter
dvips
+\family default
+; for possible
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ options see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:General-output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525756612
Text Style
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525756612
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Layout
\family default
dialog.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756614
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Table
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756624
+Text Properties
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu only appears if the cursor is inside a table.
- It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders
- of a cell and to set the vertical alignment of the cell.Table Settings and
- Math
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756615
+This sub-menu provides several ways to customize the appearance of text
+ passages.
+ You can
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
- a formula.
- Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
- The properties of tables are described in section
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756657
+Customize text properties by means of the
+\family sans
+Text Properties
+\family default
+ dialog (via
+\family sans
+Customize\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\family default
+; this is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Tables"
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
-, the properties of formulas in chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756942
+Apply the last settings done in this dialog via
+\family sans
+Apply last settings
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756615
+Change the casing of selected text (
+\family sans
+Capitalize
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Uppercase
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lowercase
+\family default
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Increase/Decrease List Depth
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756641
+Custom Text Styles
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can
- be nested.
- They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756787
+This sub-menu only appears the document class or a module provides custom
+ text styles (in the case of this document:
+\family sans
+Code
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Strong
+\family default
+, provided by the
+\family sans
+Logical Markup
+\family default
+ module).
+ See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Nesting"
+reference "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+ for details.
+\change_unchanged
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table and Rows & Columns
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These menus only appear if the cursor is inside a table.
+ It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders
+ of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+Dissolve Inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Start New Environment/Start New Parent Environment
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu only appears if the cursor is inside an inset.
+ It will dissolve this inset.
+ This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
+ text.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Settings or Math
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menus are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive environme
-nts of the same type.
- See section
+This menu is only active if the cursor is inside an inset or a formula.
+ Here you can change the properties of the inset or the formula.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Increase/Decrease List Depth
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can
+ be nested.
+ They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings"
+reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
- for an explanation.
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
+In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different
+ toolbars.
All toolbars and the
\family sans
Command
Symbols
\family default
dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
- dialog (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ dialog (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when
- pressing the
+Space
+\change_deleted -712698321 1590482504
+Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when pressing
+ the
\family sans
Space
\family default
\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
+Inserts a character to visualize that there is or should be a space.
+ This is e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence.
+ An example from the \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+To insert a fraction use the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+A
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ The visible space is hereby the character before the
+\series bold
+A
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! tipa
+ packages ! tipa
\end_layout
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Logos Inserts the logos of the programs \SpecialChar LyX
+, \SpecialChar TeX
+, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Formatting
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Inter-word
+Interword
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1590482457
Visible
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
A
\series default
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Optional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible
+ in the output.
+ See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a usage example.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text
- as described in section
+Break Inserts a forced line break that
+\change_deleted -712698321 1590482910
+right
+\change_unchanged
+justifies the remaining text as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-List/TOC
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533459357
+Field
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533459959
+Here you can insert fields holding specific information.
+ The submenu allows you to insert
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533460018
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Current) inserts the current date (which will automatically update itself)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533460347
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modification) inserts the date of the last file modification (time of last
+ save)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647074
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Fix) inserts a static date that will not change.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647089
+Time
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Current) inserts the current time (which will automatically update itself)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647093
+Time
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modification) inserts the time of the last file modification (time of last
+ save)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647133
+Time
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Fix) inserts a static time that will not change.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647170
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Name
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Excl.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Extension) inserts the name of the current file (without the extension .lyx)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647240
+User
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Name inserts the user name as specified in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Identity
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647259
+User
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Email inserts the user email address as specified in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Identity
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533460561
+Other\SpecialChar ldots
+ opens a dialog that lets you insert alternative formats of the three
+ date types listed above and insert a range of other information.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\family sans
+List/Contents/References
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
document class.
An example is the document class
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354540
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-article (Elsevier)
+article (
+\change_unchanged
+
+\emph on
+Elsevier
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354543
+
+\emph default
+)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+
+\change_unchanged
with three custom insets.
The section
\emph on
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables ! Caption
+Tables ! Multi-page ! Caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
+Inserts a caption in a float or multi-page table.
Floats are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-; captions in longtables are described in the section
+; captions in multi-page tables are described in the section
\emph on
-Longtable Captions
+Multi-page
+\change_inserted -712698321 1590482693
+Table
+\change_unchanged
+Captions
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
+Hyperlink
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\family sans
+Separate <Name> (Above/Below)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive
+ environments of the same type.
+ See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for an explanation.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Short Title
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1533459320
Date
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1533459320
Inserts the actual date.
The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
\SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
- in the section
-\emph on
-External Material
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-program used.
You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something
to the clipboard or update the view.
- With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+With the help of the logfile, experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the button
+\family sans
+Open Containing Directory
+\family default
+ one can open \SpecialChar LyX
+'s temporary folder for the document.
+ This folder contains all converted and created files to generate the output.
+ Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems
+ or for writers who need to supply intermediate files.
+ For example some journals require to send the
+\family sans
+*.bbl
+\family default
+ file (a text file with the used Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ references).
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Start Appendix Here
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Compressed
-\change_inserted -195340706 1447278411
-
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Compressed"
\end_inset
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Un/compresses the current document.
-
-\change_inserted -195340706 1447279328
- Use this if you want to save a compressed document in uncompressed format
- or vice versa.
For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable
- compression (see
+ compression (see the
\emph on
-Additional \SpecialChar LyX
- Features
+Additional Features
\emph default
- for details).
-\change_unchanged
+ manual for details).
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Disable Editing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Toggles the read-only state for the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
The menu
\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\align left
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="22" columns="2">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show print"
+arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Print
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Spellchecker
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
+arg "spelling-continuously"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Spellchecker
+Spellcheck continuously
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paste
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545905310
+
+\family default
+or
+\family sans
+ Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paste Recent
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Emphasize text, function of the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525758222
+
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525758222
+
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
dialog
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Set text to noun style, function of the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525758226
+
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525758226
+
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
dialog
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900859
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dynamic-char-styles"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900930
+
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Text Styles
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545899987
+
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545900001
Format text using the current settings in the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
\family default
dialog
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900837
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dynamic-custom-insets"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900953
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Insets
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="26" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "layout Enumerate"
+arg "layout-toggle Enumerate"
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "layout Itemize"
+arg "layout-toggle Itemize"
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "layout List"
+arg "layout-toggle List"
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "layout Description"
+arg "layout-toggle Description"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545899981
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900045
+Format text using the recent settings in the
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600333746
+View
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
Master
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600333766
+Output
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600333762
+Formats
+\change_unchanged
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
Synchronize with Output
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "view-others"
\end_inset
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545901299
+
\family sans
*
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/update-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "update-others"
\end_inset
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545901301
*
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545901302
* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
icon set.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_inset
.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! prettyref
+ packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! refstyle
+ packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
justifies the text on screen.
This only affects the text inside \SpecialChar LyX
not in the output.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288869
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288904
+The
+\family sans
+Default Style
+\family default
+ setting in
+\family sans
+Table Style
+\family default
+ lets you select which style newly inserted tables should use by default.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-commands (this can fail if a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command is not known for
a particular character).
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557594829
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596095
+By default, \SpecialChar LyX
+ outputs \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files in Unicode – or utf8, for that matter (which
+ is nowadays also \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s default encoding).
+ This should normally fit your needs, since \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s Unicode support covers the
+ characters of most scripts.
+ Nonetheless it is not yet comprehensive, so there might be cases where
+ using one of the traditional, or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+legacy
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, encodings is necessary.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596136
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ provides support for these traditional encodings.
+ If you chose
+\family sans
+Traditional (auto-selected)
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Encodings
+\family default
+ dropdown, \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically selects the appropriate traditional encoding for
+ the given language(s).
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557595310
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557595310
If you use the option
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
, \SpecialChar LyX
determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
- If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
- than one encoding in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\change_unchanged
+If the document contains text in more than one language you
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557595342
+thus
+\change_unchanged
+may get more than one encoding in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
file.
- If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557595350
+If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
exactly one encoding.
Checking this option is the preferred setting.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596155
+As a third option, \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides the
+\family sans
+ASCII
+\family default
+ selection.
+ If this is chosen, any character outside the 7bit ASCII range will be output
+ as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557645585
+Finally, you can also select
+\family sans
+Custom
+\family default
+, which lets you specify a specific (single) encoding for the whole document.
+ Note that this encoding is then used for
+\emph on
+any
+\emph default
+ language.
+ The custom list (which is spelled out below) consists of traditional encodings
+ and some special cases of Unicode for specific purposes (see explanation
+ below).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557645268
+The
+\family sans
+Do not load inputenc
+\family default
+ checkbox does what it states: It prevents \SpecialChar LyX
+ from automatically loading the
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557645185
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! inputenc
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This option might be useful if you use a class or package that pre-loads
+ inputenc or if inputenc must not be used for some reason.
+ When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
+ in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
+ languages in \SpecialChar TeX
+ code.
+ Note that this option is only available for the standard
+\family sans
+Unicode
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Traditional (auto-selected)
+\family default
+ encodings.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557596063
\SpecialChar LyX
also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
Language Default
\family default
fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! babel
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! polyglossia
+ packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557645284
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! inputenc
+ packages ! inputenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
languages in \SpecialChar TeX
code.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
commands, which may result in a big
file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands are needed.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596221
+ This is the same as the
+\family sans
+ASCII
+\family default
+ option in the main
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ dropdown list.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! CJK
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! japanese
+ packages ! japanese
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! CJK
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
(for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596410
+.
+ This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX
+ with the default encoding (
+\family sans
+Unicode (utf8) [default]
+\family default
+ in the main
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ dropdown list) with CJK languages.
+ Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! ucs
+ packages ! ucs
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
+ (
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557596443
+comprehensive,
+\change_unchanged
+including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596475
+ This used to be more comprehensive than
+\family sans
+Unicode
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(utf8)
+\family default
+, but meanwhile it is rather outdated.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! inputenc
+ packages ! inputenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557596266
+Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
is supported.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596400
+This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX
+ with the default encoding (
+\family sans
+Unicode (utf8) [default]
+\family default
+ in the main
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ dropdown list) with non-CJK languages.
+ Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1577206827
+Change Tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1577206929
+Here you can do some settings related to change tracking (see sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Alternatively to the menu or toolbar, you can set here whether changes
+ are being tracked and whether they are shown in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1577207214
+Additionally, you can advise LyX to place a change bar in the margin of
+ the output.
+ This might be useful to make changed passages more salient.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Numbering & TOC
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620045
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620379
+You can typeset lines numbering in the output file by enabling the checkbox
+ at the bottom.
+ The functionality is handled by package lineno and and additional options
+ of this package can be used as well.
+ The most common one are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620630
+right Line numbers to the right margin
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620589
+switch Line number to the outer margin (left – even pages, right – odd pages)
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620637
+switch* Line numbers to the inner margin
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1601989692
+modulo Print numbers only on multiples of five lines
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1601989752
+pagewise Restart numbering for each page
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620792
+displaymath,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+mathlines Line numbers for math environments (both options needed).
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can specify if a citation style using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+Here you can specify if a specific citation style using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages
\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\series bold
natbib
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! natbib
+ packages ! natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! jurabib
+ packages ! jurabib
\end_layout
\end_inset
should be used.
- You can enable a
+ If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+, you can enable a
\family sans
Sectioned bibliography
\family default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! bibtopic
+ packages ! bibtopic
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and you can select a
+.
+ If you use
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+, you can select the style files and specify further options.
+ Finally, you can select a document-specific
\family sans
Processor
\family default
for the generation of the bibliography.
- For a further description see section
+ For a further description of these possibilities see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! amsmath
+ packages ! amsmath
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! amssymb
+ packages ! amssymb
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! cancel
+ packages ! cancel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! esint
+ packages ! esint
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! mathdots
+ packages ! mathdots
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! mathtools
+ packages ! mathtools
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! mhchem
+ packages ! mhchem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! stackrel
+ packages ! stackrel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! stmaryrd
+ packages ! stmaryrd
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! undertilde
+ packages ! undertilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Float Placement
+Float
+\change_deleted -712698321 1526030304
+Placement
+\change_inserted -712698321 1526030306
+Settings
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The float placement options are described in the section
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1526030352
+Here you can set global float placement and alignment options.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1526030366
+The float placement options
+\change_inserted -712698321 1526030367
+Details
+\change_unchanged
+ are described in the section
\emph on
Float
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1526031799
Placement
+\change_inserted -712698321 1526031800
+Settings
+\change_unchanged
+
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Output
+Formats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Doc-Output"
+name "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578647276
+Allow
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+running
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+external
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+programs If this is switched on, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is run with the
+\family typewriter
+-shell-escape
+\family default
+ option which is needed with some packages.
+ Note that this comes with security risks, so please use this only when
+ really necessary and if you know what you are doing.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578647006
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Options offers settings for the
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ export.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
Synchronize
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646679
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646679
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
+\change_unchanged
with
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646686
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Output settings for the menu
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646686
+
+\change_unchanged
+Output
+\family default
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646719
+enables
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646729
+settings for the menu
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_unchanged
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
search
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646752
+
\family default
+ and allows to customize the macro used in this process
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646757
.
- For a detailed description see section
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646759
+(
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646759
+F
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646759
+f
+\change_unchanged
+or a detailed description see section
\emph on
Reverse DVI/PDF search
\emph default
Features
\emph default
- manual.
+ manual
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646762
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578647009
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578647929
+
+\family sans
+Put fragile content out of moving arguments
+\family default
+ determines whether so-called
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+fragile
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ constructs (such as labels or index entries) are placed outside of so-called
+
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+moving arguments
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (such as sections or captions), even if the corresponding insets are
+ placed in such context in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ This setting is on by default, since it prevents nasty \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ errors.
+ If you rely on labels or index entries being kept inside the problematic
+ macros, you can uncheck this.
+ If you don't know what we are talking about here, worry not: just leave
+ it checked.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
XHTML
\begin_inset space ~
is used for the size of equations in the output.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format The option
+\family sans
+Save transient properties
+\family default
+ controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that
+ are specific to the user are saved with the document.
+ The properties that are affected by option are currently:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the activation of change tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the output of tracked changes
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the recording of the document directory path.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when
+ using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
La
\family sans
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "this image"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Save documents compressed by default
\family default
- always saves files in a compressed format.
-
-\change_inserted -195340706 1447278517
- This applies to newly created documents only.
- The compression status of existing documents is not changed when saving
- (see section
+ always saves files in a compressed format (see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
-\change_unchanged
-
+ This applies to newly created documents only.
+ The compression status of existing documents is not changed when saving.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-See sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+See section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
is checked, there will only be one close button (
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/closetab.png
- scale 75
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "closetab"
\end_inset
\family default
) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
+ Regardless of this option, one can always close a tab by middle-clicking
+ it in the tab bar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-With the option
-\family sans
-Use pixmap cache to speed up font rendering
-\family default
- enabled, \SpecialChar LyX
- needs to redraw the screen less often.
- This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
- On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
- So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
- aesthetics.
- Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-OS and Windows.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Colors
\begin_inset Index idx
\family default
the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578924606
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578924785
+The option
+\family sans
+Keep change tracking markup on copy and paste
+\family default
+ is for users who don't want tracked changes to be dissolved on copy and
+ paste operations (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e., inserted as new text with the deletions removed).
+ If this is checked, the change-tracked text will be copied and pasted as
+ is, independent if changes are currently tracked or not.
+ This also applies to wrapping to\SpecialChar breakableslash
+dissolving from insets.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Math
\emph default
manual.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509726
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509987
+The option
+\family sans
+Search drive for cited files
+\family default
+ allows \SpecialChar LyX
+ to query your disk for cited documents when using the
+\family sans
+Try
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Citation
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Content\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\family default
+ context menu on a citation.
+ The
+\family sans
+Patterns
+\family default
+ field determines the search pattern.
+ See sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Opening-cited-documents"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
+To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use
the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX
functions and the bound shortcuts.
To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the \SpecialChar LyX
Function
- definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the different
- function names as a semicolon separated list.
+ definition with “
+\family typewriter
+command
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337868
+
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337869
+-
+\change_unchanged
+alternatives
+\family default
+” and following it with the different function names as a semicolon separated
+ list.
\SpecialChar LyX
will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
part.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note, though, that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax.
+ This applies to the designators of specific modifier keys (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+\family typewriter
+M
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+S
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+C
+\family default
+ for
+\family sans
+Meta/Alt
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ctrl
+\family default
+, respectively) as well as to the other keys.
+ Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly
+ in the definition of the key combination, but must use commands following
+ the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for
+ a model).
+ So if you wanted to bind a command to the key combination
+\family sans
+Alt+Shift+:
+\family default
+, you needed to specify it as
+\family typewriter
+M-S-colon
+\family default
+.
+ If you use the dialog to edit key bindings, you don't have to care for
+ these specifics.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ transforms your input to the correct syntax.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Keyboard/Mouse
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\begin_layout Standard
Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system.
- For the case thatWhere this is not possible, \SpecialChar LyX
+ For the case where this is not possible, \SpecialChar LyX
provides keyboard maps.
If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it
is a Romanian one, you can enable
.
The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
slow it down.
+ With the option
+\family sans
+Middle mouse button pasting
+\family default
+ you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel)
+ inserts the content of the clipboard.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
+templates This directory
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553354019
+contains the templates that are shown
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354025
+will be opened when you use the menu
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553354026
+in
+\change_unchanged
+
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-files This directory will be opened when you use the button
+files This directory
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354035
+will be opened when you use the
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553354048
+contains the example files that are listed in
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553352959
+button
\family sans
Examples
\family default
- in the
+ in the
+\change_unchanged
+
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Open
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352950
+ Example
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553352963
+
\family default
- dialog.
+ dialog
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354004
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
Single instance
\family default
- feature, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ feature, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
file.
- It is recommended that you always include ‘.' as one of the paths; otherwise
+ It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths; otherwise
compilation may fail for some documents.
\end_layout
You can find its actual translation status here:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
+target "https://www.lyx.org/I18n"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708959
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708986
+LaTeX Language Support
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! babel
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! polyglossia
+ packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-start If a special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+start
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708374
+If a special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package is needed to write in a certain document language,
- you can here specify the command to start the package.
- An example is the start command
+ you can h
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708374
+H
+\change_unchanged
+ere
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708377
+ you
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708382
+specify
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708384
+customize
+\change_unchanged
+ the command
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708639
+that is used to switch to a different language
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708410
+to start the package
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708611
+This might be useful if you want to use a different command with
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ (which provides several alternative commands with different behavior),
+ or if you use a custom language package with specific commands, such as
+
+\series bold
+Arab\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Arabic"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, which needs
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708616
+An example is
+\change_unchanged
+the start command
\family sans
\backslash
begin{arabtext}
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708621
+
\family default
that is needed to write Arabic using the package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
+
+\change_unchanged
.
The default is the
\series bold
babel
\series default
command
-\family sans
+\family typewriter
\backslash
selectlanguage{$$lang}
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708571
+
+\family default
+, whereby
+\family sans
+$$lang
\family default
+ is a placeholder that is substituted with the respective language name
+ in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ output
+\change_unchanged
.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708571
+ Note that with
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+, this setting is ignored.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-end Counterpart to
+end
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563857836
+Counterpart to
+\family sans
+Command start
+\family default
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563857869
+Use this if the language switch set in
\family sans
Command start
\family default
+ needs to be explicitly ended, as in
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+'s alternative command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{otherlanguage*}\SpecialChar ldots
+\SpecialChar allowbreak
+
+\backslash
+end{otherlanguage*}
+\family default
+.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708866
+Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
+ command toggles the package on and off
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563858041
+Empty by default, as
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+selectlanguage{$$lang}
+\family default
+ does not need to be explicitly ended (the switch remains valid until the
+ next
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+selectlanguage{$$lang}
+\family default
+)
+\change_unchanged
.
- Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
- command toggles the package on and off.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563857868
+ Note that with
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+, this setting is ignored.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708996
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708996
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX
's dialogs.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
- be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
- used by all \SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages.
- Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
+globally
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709051
+When
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709052
+If
+\change_unchanged
+ this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709127
+as options
+\change_unchanged
+to the document class options
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709259
+ rather than the language package options.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709186
+,
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709191
+so that they can be used by all \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709305
+Since the document class passes all options in gets to all loaded \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages,
+ all language-aware packages will be informed about the used languages this
+ way
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709264
+Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
\series bold
babel
\series default
package.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709314
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
- language.
+begin
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709328
+Set
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+explicitly
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709331
+When
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709331
+If
+\change_unchanged
+ this option is set,
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709808
+the language switch defined in
+\family sans
+Command
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+start
+\family default
+ is output at the beginning of the document, thereby explicitly switching
+ to the document language.
+ This assures that the correct language is used in any case.
+ This might be needed if you use a non-default
+\family sans
+Command
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+start
+\family default
+ or if a package resets the document language.
+ If not set, the language that is active at document start is used (this
+ usually should be the document language).
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709548
+documents start with the chosen document language.
When this option is not set, the
\family sans
Command
start
\family default
than the default.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709354
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-end Counterpart to
+end
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709358
+Unset
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+explicitly
+\change_unchanged
+ Counterpart to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709361
+
\family sans
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
begin
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709392
+Set document language explicitly
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
.
- When it is not set, the
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709618
+When it is not
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709618
+If
+\change_unchanged
+ set, the
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
end
\family default
- is set to the end of the document.
+ is
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709625
+set
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709626
+output
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709628
+at
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709628
+to
+\change_unchanged
+ the end of the document.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709816
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\paragraph_spacing single
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709833
+Editor Settings
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709847
+additional
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709845
foreign
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
- language will be underlined in blue.
+languages
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709877
+If set, all
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709877
+T
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709878
+t
+\change_unchanged
+ext
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709882
+marked formatted
+\change_unchanged
+in a language different
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709886
+from
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709886
+to
+\change_unchanged
+ the document language will be
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709907
+marked (by default with a blue
+\change_unchanged
+underline
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709911
+d in blue
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709911
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709927
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563711969
+Respect
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+OS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+keyboard
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+language If set, \SpecialChar LyX
+ will switch the input language if the keyboard map is
+ switched via the operating system.
+ This is particularly useful if you switch between languages with different
+ scripts (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., English and Hebrew: in this case, switching the keyboard to Hebrew will
+ automatically switch the input language to Hebrew as well, and vice versa).
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709926
Enable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Cursor
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710132
+Right-to-left
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563710132
+C
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710132
+c
+\change_unchanged
+ursor
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
- move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
- Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
- arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
+movement
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710265
+Here you can define how cursor movement (with the arrow keys) behaves
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563710266
+W
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710267
+w
+\change_unchanged
+hen writing
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563710171
+RTL
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710286
+scripts with right-to-left direction (e.g., Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi).
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
+, you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually
+ to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563859701
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Logical
+\family default
+ means that the cursor
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563859940
+follows the logic of the text direction, and the arrows' direction relates
+ to the directionality of the main paragraph language.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph (say, Hebrew
+ embedded in English), the cursor starts at the right (that is, at the
+\emph on
+beginning
+\emph default
+ of the embedded passage in the right-to-left logic) when coming from the
+ left.
+ The meaning of the key is thus swapped for that part; right arrow in this
+ specific case always means: move
+\emph on
+forward
+\emph default
+ in text (even if this means:
+\emph on
+move left
+\emph default
+).
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
+is moved to the left when pressing the right arrow key
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563859705
+This setting might be useful in texts that mix left-to-right and right-to-left
+ scripts, since the cursor then follows a coherent
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+text logic
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563860084
+
+\family sans
+Visual
+\family default
+ means: always move to the direction towards which the arrows really point.
+ In this case, in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph,
+ the cursor starts at the left (in the text logic:
+\emph on
+from the end
+\emph default
+) when coming from the left.
+ The visual meaning of the key is thus maintained in all cases, at the expense
+ of the text logic.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
+and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563858627
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710235
+Local Preferences
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563776004
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+decimal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+separator Defines the default decimal separator for use in tables (decimal
+ separator alignment).
+ By default, the appropriate character for the current language is selected
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., dot for English, comma for German), but you can also specify a specific
+ (static) custom character here.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709001
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+length
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s dialogs.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Subsection
General
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:General-output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search Commands that will be used for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Dvips
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Options Options for the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ that is used for the export format
+\family sans
+Postscript
+\family default
+, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Possible options are listed in the
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ manual:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+https://www.tug.org/texinfohtml/dvips.html
+\backslash
+#Option-details
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1534601711
Date
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
+http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/date.1.html
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
prints the date as day/month/year.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
is allowed to overwrite on export.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Forward
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-search Commands that will be used for the menu
-\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Forward
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-search
-\family default
-.
- For a detailed description see section
-\emph on
-Reverse DVI/PDF search
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
La
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413534
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LyX
sets up in the background.
So there is no need to change the default encoding.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-paper
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
-size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
- The
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- value depends on your \SpecialChar LaTeX
--system setup.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement h
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="3">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="50col%">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-mm
+bp
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-millimeter
+big point (72
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+bp = 1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+in)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+cc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+cicero (1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+cc = 12
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+dd)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-in
+dd
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-inch
+didot (1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+dd
+\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
+\end_inset
+
+ 0.376
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+mm)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pt
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-point (72.27
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt = 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-in)
+width of letter
+\emph on
+M
+\emph default
+ in current font
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pc
+ex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pica (1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pc = 12
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt)
+height of letter
+\emph on
+x
+\emph default
+ in current font
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-sp
+in
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-scaled point (65536
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-sp = 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt)
+inch
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bp
+mm
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-big point (72
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-bp = 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-in)
+millimeter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-dd
+mu
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-didot (1
+math unit (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-dd
-\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
-\end_inset
-
- 0.376
+mu = 1/18
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-mm)
+em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cc
+pt
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cicero (1
+point (72.27
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-cc = 12
+pt = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-dd)
+in)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Scale Graphics %
+pc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of original image width
+pica (1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pc = 12
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pt)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Text Width %
+sp
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of text width
+scaled point (65536
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+sp = 1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pt)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-textwidth
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Page Width %
+Line Distance %
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of paper width
+% of height between baselines of two subsequent text lines
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
-paperwidth
+baselineskip
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Text Height %
+Page Height %
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of text height
+% of paper height
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
-textheight
+paperheight
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Page Height %
+Page Width %
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of paper height
+% of paper width
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
-paperheight
+paperwidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ex
+Scale Graphics %
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-height of letter
-\emph on
-x
-\emph default
- in current font
+% of original image width
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-em
+Text Height %
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-width of letter
-\emph on
-M
-\emph default
- in current font
+% of text height
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+
+\backslash
+textheight
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-mu
+Text Width %
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-math unit (1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-mu = 1/18
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em)
+% of text width
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Credits
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:Credits"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
- (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Amir Karger
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-David Johnson
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Hartmut Haase
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Ignacio García
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Ivan Schreter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-John Raithel
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-John Weiss
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Lars Gullik Bjønnes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Matthias Ettrich
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Matthias Zenker
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Rich Fields
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Pascal André
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Paul Evans
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Paul Russel
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Robin Socha
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Uwe Stöhr
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The \SpecialChar LyX
- Team:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
LatexCommand bibitem
label "Credits"
key "lyxcredit"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
-target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
+target "https://www.lyx.org/Credits"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org/Credits
+https://www.lyx.org/Credits
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexguide"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "texbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
+https://ctan.org/topic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "LaTeXFAQ"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
+http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX-2"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "makeindex"
+key "Biblatex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- of the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
-LatexCommand bibitem
-key "xindy"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
-
\end_inset
- of the program
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "AMS"
+key "biber"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex"
-
-\end_inset
-
- of the AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
-LatexCommand bibitem
-key "caption"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
-caption
+biber
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! caption
+ packages ! biber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "enumitem"
+key "makeindex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
-\series bold
-enumitem
-\series default
+ of the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! enumitem
+
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "makeindex-man"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Options"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "fancyhdr"
+key "xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
+target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
-\series bold
-fancyhdr
-\series default
+ of the program
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! fancyhdr
+
+http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
\end_layout
\end_inset
-:
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "AMS"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
+https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "hyperref"
+key "caption"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
-hyperref
+caption
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! hyperref
+ packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "nomencl"
+key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
-nomencl
+enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! nomencl
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "prettyref"
+key "fancyhdr"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
-prettyref
+fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! prettyref
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "refstyle"
+key "hyperref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
-refstyle
+hyperref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! refstyle
+ packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Arabic"
+key "microtype"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Arabic:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+microtype
+\series default
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! microtype
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
-LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Armenian"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
-
\end_inset
- how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Armenian:
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Cyrillic"
+key "nomencl"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Cyrillic languages:
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! nomencl
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Farsi"
+key "prettyref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Farsi:
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Hebrew"
+key "refstyle"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Hebrew:
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Japanese"
+key "Arabic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Japanese:
+ for Arabic:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Latvian"
+key "Armenian"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Latvian:
+ for Armenian:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Lithuanian"
+key "Cyrillic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Lithuanian:
+ for Cyrillic languages:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Mongolian"
+key "Farsi"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Mongolian:
+ for Farsi:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Vietnamese"
+key "Hebrew"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
- for Vietnamese:
+ for Hebrew:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "NewInLyX20"
+key "Japanese"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- about new features in
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LyX
- 2.0
-\family default
-:
+ how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ for Japanese:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
\end_layout
\end_inset
database.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+pagedeclaration}[1]{
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+unskip,
+\backslash
+hyperlink{page.#1}{page
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}#1}}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink, see sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Options"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more info.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
LatexCommand printnomenclature
\begin_inset CommandInset index_print
LatexCommand printindex
type "idx"
+name "Index"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff